1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
SENDMAIL CONFIGURATION FILES
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
This document describes the sendmail configuration files. It
|
|
|
|
explains how to create a sendmail.cf file for use with sendmail.
|
|
|
|
It also describes how to set options for sendmail which are explained
|
|
|
|
in the Sendmail Installation and Operation guide (doc/op/op.me).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To get started, you may want to look at tcpproto.mc (for TCP-only
|
|
|
|
sites) and clientproto.mc (for clusters of clients using a single
|
|
|
|
mail host), or the generic-*.mc files as operating system-specific
|
|
|
|
examples.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Table of Content:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INTRODUCTION AND EXAMPLE
|
|
|
|
A BRIEF INTRODUCTION TO M4
|
|
|
|
FILE LOCATIONS
|
|
|
|
OSTYPE
|
|
|
|
DOMAINS
|
|
|
|
MAILERS
|
|
|
|
FEATURES
|
|
|
|
HACKS
|
|
|
|
SITE CONFIGURATION
|
|
|
|
USING UUCP MAILERS
|
|
|
|
TWEAKING RULESETS
|
|
|
|
MASQUERADING AND RELAYING
|
|
|
|
USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES
|
|
|
|
LDAP ROUTING
|
|
|
|
ANTI-SPAM CONFIGURATION CONTROL
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
CONNECTION CONTROL
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
STARTTLS
|
|
|
|
SMTP AUTHENTICATION
|
|
|
|
ADDING NEW MAILERS OR RULESETS
|
|
|
|
ADDING NEW MAIL FILTERS
|
|
|
|
QUEUE GROUP DEFINITIONS
|
|
|
|
NON-SMTP BASED CONFIGURATIONS
|
|
|
|
WHO AM I?
|
|
|
|
ACCEPTING MAIL FOR MULTIPLE NAMES
|
|
|
|
USING MAILERTABLES
|
|
|
|
USING USERDB TO MAP FULL NAMES
|
|
|
|
MISCELLANEOUS SPECIAL FEATURES
|
|
|
|
SECURITY NOTES
|
|
|
|
TWEAKING CONFIGURATION OPTIONS
|
|
|
|
MESSAGE SUBMISSION PROGRAM
|
|
|
|
FORMAT OF FILES AND MAPS
|
|
|
|
DIRECTORY LAYOUT
|
|
|
|
ADMINISTRATIVE DETAILS
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+--------------------------+
|
|
|
|
| INTRODUCTION AND EXAMPLE |
|
|
|
|
+--------------------------+
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Configuration files are contained in the subdirectory "cf", with a
|
|
|
|
suffix ".mc". They must be run through "m4" to produce a ".cf" file.
|
|
|
|
You must pre-load "cf.m4":
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
Alternatively, you can simply:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cd ${CFDIR}/cf
|
|
|
|
./Build config.cf
|
|
|
|
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
where ${CFDIR} is the root of the cf directory and config.mc is the
|
|
|
|
name of your configuration file. If you are running a version of M4
|
|
|
|
that understands the __file__ builtin (versions of GNU m4 >= 0.75 do
|
|
|
|
this, but the versions distributed with 4.4BSD and derivatives do not)
|
|
|
|
or the -I flag (ditto), then ${CFDIR} can be in an arbitrary directory.
|
|
|
|
For "traditional" versions, ${CFDIR} ***MUST*** be "..", or you MUST
|
|
|
|
use -D_CF_DIR_=/path/to/cf/dir/ -- note the trailing slash! For example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Let's examine a typical .mc file:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
divert(-1)
|
|
|
|
#
|
2014-01-26 20:46:55 +00:00
|
|
|
# Copyright (c) 1998-2005 Proofpoint, Inc. and its suppliers.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
# All rights reserved.
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
# Copyright (c) 1983 Eric P. Allman. All rights reserved.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
# Copyright (c) 1988, 1993
|
|
|
|
# The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
|
|
|
|
#
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
# By using this file, you agree to the terms and conditions set
|
|
|
|
# forth in the LICENSE file which can be found at the top level of
|
|
|
|
# the sendmail distribution.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
|
# This is a Berkeley-specific configuration file for HP-UX 9.x.
|
1997-06-27 14:53:01 +00:00
|
|
|
# It applies only to the Computer Science Division at Berkeley,
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
# and should not be used elsewhere. It is provided on the sendmail
|
|
|
|
# distribution as a sample only. To create your own configuration
|
|
|
|
# file, create an appropriate domain file in ../domain, change the
|
|
|
|
# `DOMAIN' macro below to reference that file, and copy the result
|
|
|
|
# to a name of your own choosing.
|
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
|
divert(0)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The divert(-1) will delete the crud in the resulting output file.
|
1996-11-18 02:26:51 +00:00
|
|
|
The copyright notice can be replaced by whatever your lawyers require;
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
our lawyers require the one that is included in these files. A copyleft
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
is a copyright by another name. The divert(0) restores regular output.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VERSIONID(`<SCCS or RCS version id>')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VERSIONID is a macro that stuffs the version information into the
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
resulting file. You could use SCCS, RCS, CVS, something else, or
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
omit it completely. This is not the same as the version id included
|
|
|
|
in SMTP greeting messages -- this is defined in m4/version.m4.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
OSTYPE(`hpux9')dnl
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You must specify an OSTYPE to properly configure things such as the
|
|
|
|
pathname of the help and status files, the flags needed for the local
|
|
|
|
mailer, and other important things. If you omit it, you will get an
|
|
|
|
error when you try to build the configuration. Look at the ostype
|
|
|
|
directory for the list of known operating system types.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
DOMAIN(`CS.Berkeley.EDU')dnl
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This example is specific to the Computer Science Division at Berkeley.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
You can use "DOMAIN(`generic')" to get a sufficiently bland definition
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
that may well work for you, or you can create a customized domain
|
|
|
|
definition appropriate for your environment.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
MAILER(`local')
|
|
|
|
MAILER(`smtp')
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
These describe the mailers used at the default CS site. The local
|
|
|
|
mailer is always included automatically. Beware: MAILER declarations
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
should only be followed by LOCAL_* sections. The general rules are
|
|
|
|
that the order should be:
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VERSIONID
|
|
|
|
OSTYPE
|
|
|
|
DOMAIN
|
|
|
|
FEATURE
|
|
|
|
local macro definitions
|
|
|
|
MAILER
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
LOCAL_CONFIG
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
LOCAL_RULE_*
|
|
|
|
LOCAL_RULESETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There are a few exceptions to this rule. Local macro definitions which
|
|
|
|
influence a FEATURE() should be done before that feature. For example,
|
|
|
|
a define(`PROCMAIL_MAILER_PATH', ...) should be done before
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`local_procmail').
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
*******************************************************************
|
|
|
|
*** BE SURE YOU CUSTOMIZE THESE FILES! They have some ***
|
|
|
|
*** Berkeley-specific assumptions built in, such as the name ***
|
|
|
|
*** of their UUCP-relay. You'll want to create your own ***
|
|
|
|
*** domain description, and use that in place of ***
|
|
|
|
*** domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4. ***
|
|
|
|
*******************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-06 04:29:34 +00:00
|
|
|
Note:
|
|
|
|
Some rulesets, features, and options are only useful if the sendmail
|
|
|
|
binary has been compiled with the appropriate options, e.g., the
|
|
|
|
ruleset tls_server is only invoked if sendmail has been compiled
|
|
|
|
with STARTTLS. This is usually obvious from the context and hence
|
|
|
|
not further specified here.
|
|
|
|
There are also so called "For Future Releases" (FFR) compile time
|
|
|
|
options which might be included in a subsequent version or might
|
|
|
|
simply be removed as they turned out not to be really useful.
|
|
|
|
These are generally not documented but if they are, then the required
|
|
|
|
compile time options are listed in doc/op/op.* for rulesets and
|
|
|
|
macros, and for mc/cf specific options they are usually listed here.
|
|
|
|
In addition to compile time options for the sendmail binary, there
|
|
|
|
can also be FFRs for mc/cf which in general can be enabled when the
|
|
|
|
configuration file is generated by defining them at the top of your
|
|
|
|
.mc file:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
define(`_FFR_NAME_HERE', 1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
+----------------------------+
|
|
|
|
| A BRIEF INTRODUCTION TO M4 |
|
|
|
|
+----------------------------+
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sendmail uses the M4 macro processor to ``compile'' the configuration
|
|
|
|
files. The most important thing to know is that M4 is stream-based,
|
|
|
|
that is, it doesn't understand about lines. For this reason, in some
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
places you may see the word ``dnl'', which stands for ``delete
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
through newline''; essentially, it deletes all characters starting
|
|
|
|
at the ``dnl'' up to and including the next newline character. In
|
|
|
|
most cases sendmail uses this only to avoid lots of unnecessary
|
|
|
|
blank lines in the output.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other important directives are define(A, B) which defines the macro
|
|
|
|
``A'' to have value ``B''. Macros are expanded as they are read, so
|
|
|
|
one normally quotes both values to prevent expansion. For example,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
define(`SMART_HOST', `smart.foo.com')
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One word of warning: M4 macros are expanded even in lines that appear
|
|
|
|
to be comments. For example, if you have
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
# See FEATURE(`foo') above
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
it will not do what you expect, because the FEATURE(`foo') will be
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
expanded. This also applies to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# And then define the $X macro to be the return address
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
because ``define'' is an M4 keyword. If you want to use them, surround
|
|
|
|
them with directed quotes, `like this'.
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-08 20:31:29 +00:00
|
|
|
Since m4 uses single quotes (opening "`" and closing "'") to quote
|
|
|
|
arguments, those quotes can't be used in arguments. For example,
|
|
|
|
it is not possible to define a rejection message containing a single
|
|
|
|
quote. Usually there are simple workarounds by changing those
|
|
|
|
messages; in the worst case it might be ok to change the value
|
|
|
|
directly in the generated .cf file, which however is not advised.
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notice:
|
|
|
|
-------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This package requires a post-V7 version of m4; if you are running the
|
|
|
|
4.2bsd, SysV.2, or 7th Edition version. SunOS's /usr/5bin/m4 or
|
|
|
|
BSD-Net/2's m4 both work. GNU m4 version 1.1 or later also works.
|
|
|
|
Unfortunately, the M4 on BSDI 1.0 doesn't work -- you'll have to use a
|
|
|
|
Net/2 or GNU version. GNU m4 is available from
|
|
|
|
ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/m4/m4-1.4.tar.gz (check for the latest version).
|
|
|
|
EXCEPTIONS: DEC's m4 on Digital UNIX 4.x is broken (3.x is fine). Use GNU
|
|
|
|
m4 on this platform.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
+----------------+
|
|
|
|
| FILE LOCATIONS |
|
|
|
|
+----------------+
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sendmail 8.9 has introduced a new configuration directory for sendmail
|
|
|
|
related files, /etc/mail. The new files available for sendmail 8.9 --
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
the class {R} /etc/mail/relay-domains and the access database
|
|
|
|
/etc/mail/access -- take advantage of this new directory. Beginning with
|
|
|
|
8.10, all files will use this directory by default (some options may be
|
|
|
|
set by OSTYPE() files). This new directory should help to restore
|
|
|
|
uniformity to sendmail's file locations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Below is a table of some of the common changes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Old filename New filename
|
|
|
|
------------ ------------
|
|
|
|
/etc/bitdomain /etc/mail/bitdomain
|
|
|
|
/etc/domaintable /etc/mail/domaintable
|
|
|
|
/etc/genericstable /etc/mail/genericstable
|
|
|
|
/etc/uudomain /etc/mail/uudomain
|
|
|
|
/etc/virtusertable /etc/mail/virtusertable
|
|
|
|
/etc/userdb /etc/mail/userdb
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/etc/aliases /etc/mail/aliases
|
|
|
|
/etc/sendmail/aliases /etc/mail/aliases
|
|
|
|
/etc/ucbmail/aliases /etc/mail/aliases
|
|
|
|
/usr/adm/sendmail/aliases /etc/mail/aliases
|
|
|
|
/usr/lib/aliases /etc/mail/aliases
|
|
|
|
/usr/lib/mail/aliases /etc/mail/aliases
|
|
|
|
/usr/ucblib/aliases /etc/mail/aliases
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/etc/sendmail.cw /etc/mail/local-host-names
|
|
|
|
/etc/mail/sendmail.cw /etc/mail/local-host-names
|
|
|
|
/etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw /etc/mail/local-host-names
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/etc/sendmail.ct /etc/mail/trusted-users
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/etc/sendmail.oE /etc/mail/error-header
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/etc/sendmail.hf /etc/mail/helpfile
|
|
|
|
/etc/mail/sendmail.hf /etc/mail/helpfile
|
|
|
|
/usr/ucblib/sendmail.hf /etc/mail/helpfile
|
|
|
|
/etc/ucbmail/sendmail.hf /etc/mail/helpfile
|
|
|
|
/usr/lib/sendmail.hf /etc/mail/helpfile
|
|
|
|
/usr/share/lib/sendmail.hf /etc/mail/helpfile
|
|
|
|
/usr/share/misc/sendmail.hf /etc/mail/helpfile
|
|
|
|
/share/misc/sendmail.hf /etc/mail/helpfile
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/etc/service.switch /etc/mail/service.switch
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/etc/sendmail.st /etc/mail/statistics
|
|
|
|
/etc/mail/sendmail.st /etc/mail/statistics
|
|
|
|
/etc/mailer/sendmail.st /etc/mail/statistics
|
|
|
|
/etc/sendmail/sendmail.st /etc/mail/statistics
|
|
|
|
/usr/lib/sendmail.st /etc/mail/statistics
|
|
|
|
/usr/ucblib/sendmail.st /etc/mail/statistics
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that all of these paths actually use a new m4 macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR
|
|
|
|
to create the pathnames. The default value of this variable is
|
|
|
|
`/etc/mail/'. If you set this macro to a different value, you MUST include
|
|
|
|
a trailing slash.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-08-01 01:33:27 +00:00
|
|
|
Notice: all filenames used in a .mc (or .cf) file should be absolute
|
|
|
|
(starting at the root, i.e., with '/'). Relative filenames most
|
|
|
|
likely cause surprises during operations (unless otherwise noted).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
+--------+
|
|
|
|
| OSTYPE |
|
|
|
|
+--------+
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You MUST define an operating system environment, or the configuration
|
|
|
|
file build will puke. There are several environments available; look
|
|
|
|
at the "ostype" directory for the current list. This macro changes
|
|
|
|
things like the location of the alias file and queue directory. Some
|
|
|
|
of these files are identical to one another.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It is IMPERATIVE that the OSTYPE occur before any MAILER definitions.
|
|
|
|
In general, the OSTYPE macro should go immediately after any version
|
|
|
|
information, and MAILER definitions should always go last.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating system definitions are usually easy to write. They may define
|
|
|
|
the following variables (everything defaults, so an ostype file may be
|
|
|
|
empty). Unfortunately, the list of configuration-supported systems is
|
|
|
|
not as broad as the list of source-supported systems, since many of
|
|
|
|
the source contributors do not include corresponding ostype files.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
ALIAS_FILE [/etc/mail/aliases] The location of the text version
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
of the alias file(s). It can be a comma-separated
|
|
|
|
list of names (but be sure you quote values with
|
|
|
|
commas in them -- for example, use
|
|
|
|
define(`ALIAS_FILE', `a,b')
|
|
|
|
to get "a" and "b" both listed as alias files;
|
|
|
|
otherwise the define() primitive only sees "a").
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
HELP_FILE [/etc/mail/helpfile] The name of the file
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
containing information printed in response to
|
|
|
|
the SMTP HELP command.
|
|
|
|
QUEUE_DIR [/var/spool/mqueue] The directory containing
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
queue files. To use multiple queues, supply
|
|
|
|
a value ending with an asterisk. For
|
2001-02-28 00:19:57 +00:00
|
|
|
example, /var/spool/mqueue/qd* will use all of the
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
directories or symbolic links to directories
|
2001-02-28 00:19:57 +00:00
|
|
|
beginning with 'qd' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
directories. The names 'qf', 'df', and 'xf' are
|
2001-02-28 00:19:57 +00:00
|
|
|
reserved as specific subdirectories for the
|
|
|
|
corresponding queue file types as explained in
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
doc/op/op.me. See also QUEUE GROUP DEFINITIONS.
|
|
|
|
MSP_QUEUE_DIR [/var/spool/clientmqueue] The directory containing
|
|
|
|
queue files for the MSP (Mail Submission Program,
|
|
|
|
see sendmail/SECURITY).
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
STATUS_FILE [/etc/mail/statistics] The file containing status
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
information.
|
|
|
|
LOCAL_MAILER_PATH [/bin/mail] The program used to deliver local mail.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS [Prmn9] The flags used by the local mailer. The
|
|
|
|
flags lsDFMAw5:/|@q are always included.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS [mail -d $u] The arguments passed to deliver local
|
|
|
|
mail.
|
|
|
|
LOCAL_MAILER_MAX [undefined] If defined, the maximum size of local
|
|
|
|
mail that you are willing to accept.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS [undefined] If defined, the maximum number of
|
|
|
|
messages to deliver in a single connection. Only
|
|
|
|
useful for LMTP local mailers.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET [undefined] If defined, messages containing 8-bit data
|
|
|
|
that ARRIVE from an address that resolves to the
|
|
|
|
local mailer and which are converted to MIME will be
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
labeled with this character set.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
LOCAL_MAILER_EOL [undefined] If defined, the string to use as the
|
|
|
|
end of line for the local mailer.
|
|
|
|
LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE
|
|
|
|
[X-Unix] The DSN Diagnostic-Code value for the
|
|
|
|
local mailer. This should be changed with care.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
LOCAL_SHELL_PATH [/bin/sh] The shell used to deliver piped email.
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS [eu9] The flags used by the shell mailer. The
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
flags lsDFM are always included.
|
|
|
|
LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS [sh -c $u] The arguments passed to deliver "prog"
|
|
|
|
mail.
|
|
|
|
LOCAL_SHELL_DIR [$z:/] The directory search path in which the
|
|
|
|
shell should run.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
LOCAL_MAILER_QGRP [undefined] The queue group for the local mailer.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
USENET_MAILER_PATH [/usr/lib/news/inews] The name of the program
|
|
|
|
used to submit news.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
USENET_MAILER_FLAGS [rsDFMmn] The mailer flags for the usenet mailer.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
USENET_MAILER_ARGS [-m -h -n] The command line arguments for the
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
usenet mailer. NOTE: Some versions of inews
|
|
|
|
(such as those shipped with newer versions of INN)
|
|
|
|
use different flags. Double check the defaults
|
|
|
|
against the inews man page.
|
2002-08-28 17:57:52 +00:00
|
|
|
USENET_MAILER_MAX [undefined] The maximum size of messages that will
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
be accepted by the usenet mailer.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
USENET_MAILER_QGRP [undefined] The queue group for the usenet mailer.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS [undefined] Flags added to SMTP mailer. Default
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
flags are `mDFMuX' for all SMTP-based mailers; the
|
|
|
|
"esmtp" mailer adds `a'; "smtp8" adds `8'; and
|
|
|
|
"dsmtp" adds `%'.
|
|
|
|
RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS [undefined] Flags added to the relay mailer. Default
|
|
|
|
flags are `mDFMuX' for all SMTP-based mailers; the
|
|
|
|
relay mailer adds `a8'. If this is not defined,
|
|
|
|
then SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS is used.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
SMTP_MAILER_MAX [undefined] The maximum size of messages that will
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
be transported using the smtp, smtp8, esmtp, or dsmtp
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
mailers.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS [undefined] If defined, the maximum number of
|
|
|
|
messages to deliver in a single connection for the
|
|
|
|
smtp, smtp8, esmtp, or dsmtp mailers.
|
2002-04-10 03:05:00 +00:00
|
|
|
SMTP_MAILER_MAXRCPTS [undefined] If defined, the maximum number of
|
2020-07-14 21:40:53 +00:00
|
|
|
recipients to deliver in a single envelope for the
|
2002-04-10 03:05:00 +00:00
|
|
|
smtp, smtp8, esmtp, or dsmtp mailers.
|
2000-10-01 01:49:02 +00:00
|
|
|
SMTP_MAILER_ARGS [TCP $h] The arguments passed to the smtp mailer.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
About the only reason you would want to change this
|
|
|
|
would be to change the default port.
|
2000-10-01 01:49:02 +00:00
|
|
|
ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS [TCP $h] The arguments passed to the esmtp mailer.
|
|
|
|
SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS [TCP $h] The arguments passed to the smtp8 mailer.
|
|
|
|
DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS [TCP $h] The arguments passed to the dsmtp mailer.
|
|
|
|
RELAY_MAILER_ARGS [TCP $h] The arguments passed to the relay mailer.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
SMTP_MAILER_QGRP [undefined] The queue group for the smtp mailer.
|
|
|
|
ESMTP_MAILER_QGRP [undefined] The queue group for the esmtp mailer.
|
|
|
|
SMTP8_MAILER_QGRP [undefined] The queue group for the smtp8 mailer.
|
|
|
|
DSMTP_MAILER_QGRP [undefined] The queue group for the dsmtp mailer.
|
|
|
|
RELAY_MAILER_QGRP [undefined] The queue group for the relay mailer.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS [undefined] If defined, the maximum number of
|
|
|
|
messages to deliver in a single connection for the
|
|
|
|
relay mailer.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET [undefined] If defined, messages containing 8-bit data
|
|
|
|
that ARRIVE from an address that resolves to one of
|
|
|
|
the SMTP mailers and which are converted to MIME will
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
be labeled with this character set.
|
2014-12-12 04:10:50 +00:00
|
|
|
RELAY_MAILER_CHARSET [undefined] If defined, messages containing 8-bit data
|
|
|
|
that ARRIVE from an address that resolves to the
|
|
|
|
relay mailers and which are converted to MIME will
|
|
|
|
be labeled with this character set.
|
2007-04-09 01:38:51 +00:00
|
|
|
SMTP_MAILER_LL [990] The maximum line length for SMTP mailers
|
|
|
|
(except the relay mailer).
|
|
|
|
RELAY_MAILER_LL [2040] The maximum line length for the relay mailer.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
UUCP_MAILER_PATH [/usr/bin/uux] The program used to send UUCP mail.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
UUCP_MAILER_FLAGS [undefined] Flags added to UUCP mailer. Default
|
|
|
|
flags are `DFMhuU' (and `m' for uucp-new mailer,
|
|
|
|
minus `U' for uucp-dom mailer).
|
|
|
|
UUCP_MAILER_ARGS [uux - -r -z -a$g -gC $h!rmail ($u)] The arguments
|
|
|
|
passed to the UUCP mailer.
|
|
|
|
UUCP_MAILER_MAX [100000] The maximum size message accepted for
|
|
|
|
transmission by the UUCP mailers.
|
|
|
|
UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET [undefined] If defined, messages containing 8-bit data
|
|
|
|
that ARRIVE from an address that resolves to one of
|
|
|
|
the UUCP mailers and which are converted to MIME will
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
be labeled with this character set.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
UUCP_MAILER_QGRP [undefined] The queue group for the UUCP mailers.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
FAX_MAILER_PATH [/usr/local/lib/fax/mailfax] The program used to
|
|
|
|
submit FAX messages.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
FAX_MAILER_ARGS [mailfax $u $h $f] The arguments passed to the FAX
|
|
|
|
mailer.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
FAX_MAILER_MAX [100000] The maximum size message accepted for
|
|
|
|
transmission by FAX.
|
|
|
|
POP_MAILER_PATH [/usr/lib/mh/spop] The pathname of the POP mailer.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
POP_MAILER_FLAGS [Penu] Flags added to POP mailer. Flags lsDFMq
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
are always added.
|
|
|
|
POP_MAILER_ARGS [pop $u] The arguments passed to the POP mailer.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
POP_MAILER_QGRP [undefined] The queue group for the pop mailer.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
PROCMAIL_MAILER_PATH [/usr/local/bin/procmail] The path to the procmail
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
program. This is also used by
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`local_procmail').
|
1997-06-27 14:53:01 +00:00
|
|
|
PROCMAIL_MAILER_FLAGS [SPhnu9] Flags added to Procmail mailer. Flags
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
DFM are always set. This is NOT used by
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
FEATURE(`local_procmail'); tweak LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS
|
1997-01-27 07:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
instead.
|
1997-06-27 14:53:01 +00:00
|
|
|
PROCMAIL_MAILER_ARGS [procmail -Y -m $h $f $u] The arguments passed to
|
1997-01-27 07:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
the Procmail mailer. This is NOT used by
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
FEATURE(`local_procmail'); tweak LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS
|
1997-01-27 07:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
instead.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
PROCMAIL_MAILER_MAX [undefined] If set, the maximum size message that
|
|
|
|
will be accepted by the procmail mailer.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
PROCMAIL_MAILER_QGRP [undefined] The queue group for the procmail mailer.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
MAIL11_MAILER_PATH [/usr/etc/mail11] The path to the mail11 mailer.
|
|
|
|
MAIL11_MAILER_FLAGS [nsFx] Flags for the mail11 mailer.
|
|
|
|
MAIL11_MAILER_ARGS [mail11 $g $x $h $u] Arguments passed to the mail11
|
|
|
|
mailer.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
MAIL11_MAILER_QGRP [undefined] The queue group for the mail11 mailer.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
PH_MAILER_PATH [/usr/local/etc/phquery] The path to the phquery
|
|
|
|
program.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
PH_MAILER_FLAGS [ehmu] Flags for the phquery mailer. Flags nrDFM
|
|
|
|
are always set.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
PH_MAILER_ARGS [phquery -- $u] -- arguments to the phquery mailer.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
PH_MAILER_QGRP [undefined] The queue group for the ph mailer.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS [Ah5@/:|] The flags used by the cyrus mailer. The
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
flags lsDFMnPq are always included.
|
|
|
|
CYRUS_MAILER_PATH [/usr/cyrus/bin/deliver] The program used to deliver
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
cyrus mail.
|
|
|
|
CYRUS_MAILER_ARGS [deliver -e -m $h -- $u] The arguments passed
|
|
|
|
to deliver cyrus mail.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
CYRUS_MAILER_MAX [undefined] If set, the maximum size message that
|
|
|
|
will be accepted by the cyrus mailer.
|
|
|
|
CYRUS_MAILER_USER [cyrus:mail] The user and group to become when
|
|
|
|
running the cyrus mailer.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
CYRUS_MAILER_QGRP [undefined] The queue group for the cyrus mailer.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
CYRUS_BB_MAILER_FLAGS [u] The flags used by the cyrusbb mailer.
|
|
|
|
The flags lsDFMnP are always included.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
CYRUS_BB_MAILER_ARGS [deliver -e -m $u] The arguments passed
|
|
|
|
to deliver cyrusbb mail.
|
2002-06-11 21:12:04 +00:00
|
|
|
CYRUSV2_MAILER_FLAGS [A@/:|m] The flags used by the cyrusv2 mailer. The
|
|
|
|
flags lsDFMnqXz are always included.
|
|
|
|
CYRUSV2_MAILER_MAXMSGS [undefined] If defined, the maximum number of
|
|
|
|
messages to deliver in a single connection for the
|
|
|
|
cyrusv2 mailer.
|
|
|
|
CYRUSV2_MAILER_MAXRCPTS [undefined] If defined, the maximum number of
|
|
|
|
recipients to deliver in a single connection for the
|
|
|
|
cyrusv2 mailer.
|
|
|
|
CYRUSV2_MAILER_ARGS [FILE /var/imap/socket/lmtp] The arguments passed
|
|
|
|
to the cyrusv2 mailer. This can be used to
|
|
|
|
change the name of the Unix domain socket, or
|
|
|
|
to switch to delivery via TCP (e.g., `TCP $h lmtp')
|
|
|
|
CYRUSV2_MAILER_QGRP [undefined] The queue group for the cyrusv2 mailer.
|
2003-02-08 20:31:29 +00:00
|
|
|
CYRUSV2_MAILER_CHARSET [undefined] If defined, messages containing 8-bit data
|
|
|
|
that ARRIVE from an address that resolves to one the
|
|
|
|
Cyrus mailer and which are converted to MIME will
|
|
|
|
be labeled with this character set.
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
confEBINDIR [/usr/libexec] The directory for executables.
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
Currently used for FEATURE(`local_lmtp') and
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`smrsh').
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
QPAGE_MAILER_FLAGS [mDFMs] The flags used by the qpage mailer.
|
|
|
|
QPAGE_MAILER_PATH [/usr/local/bin/qpage] The program used to deliver
|
|
|
|
qpage mail.
|
|
|
|
QPAGE_MAILER_ARGS [qpage -l0 -m -P$u] The arguments passed
|
|
|
|
to deliver qpage mail.
|
|
|
|
QPAGE_MAILER_MAX [4096] If set, the maximum size message that
|
|
|
|
will be accepted by the qpage mailer.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
QPAGE_MAILER_QGRP [undefined] The queue group for the qpage mailer.
|
|
|
|
LOCAL_PROG_QGRP [undefined] The queue group for the prog mailer.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note: to tweak Name_MAILER_FLAGS use the macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS:
|
2006-03-22 16:40:03 +00:00
|
|
|
MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`Name', `change') where Name is the first part
|
|
|
|
of the macro Name_MAILER_FLAGS (note: that means Name is entirely in
|
|
|
|
upper case) and change can be: flags that should be used directly
|
|
|
|
(thus overriding the default value), or if it starts with `+' (`-')
|
|
|
|
then those flags are added to (removed from) the default value.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+e')
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
will add the flag `e' to LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS. Notice: there are
|
|
|
|
several smtp mailers all of which are manipulated individually.
|
|
|
|
See the section MAILERS for the available mailer names.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
WARNING: The FEATUREs local_lmtp and local_procmail set LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS
|
|
|
|
unconditionally, i.e., without respecting any definitions in an
|
|
|
|
OSTYPE setting.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+---------+
|
|
|
|
| DOMAINS |
|
|
|
|
+---------+
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You will probably want to collect domain-dependent defines into one
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
file, referenced by the DOMAIN macro. For example, the Berkeley
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
domain file includes definitions for several internal distinguished
|
|
|
|
hosts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UUCP_RELAY The host that will accept UUCP-addressed email.
|
|
|
|
If not defined, all UUCP sites must be directly
|
|
|
|
connected.
|
|
|
|
BITNET_RELAY The host that will accept BITNET-addressed email.
|
|
|
|
If not defined, the .BITNET pseudo-domain won't work.
|
|
|
|
DECNET_RELAY The host that will accept DECNET-addressed email.
|
|
|
|
If not defined, the .DECNET pseudo-domain and addresses
|
|
|
|
of the form node::user will not work.
|
|
|
|
FAX_RELAY The host that will accept mail to the .FAX pseudo-domain.
|
|
|
|
The "fax" mailer overrides this value.
|
2001-01-21 22:17:06 +00:00
|
|
|
LOCAL_RELAY The site that will handle unqualified names -- that
|
2001-08-21 01:31:44 +00:00
|
|
|
is, names without an @domain extension.
|
2001-01-21 22:17:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Normally MAIL_HUB is preferred for this function.
|
|
|
|
LOCAL_RELAY is mostly useful in conjunction with
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
FEATURE(`stickyhost') -- see the discussion of
|
2001-01-21 22:17:06 +00:00
|
|
|
stickyhost below. If not set, they are assumed to
|
|
|
|
belong on this machine. This allows you to have a
|
|
|
|
central site to store a company- or department-wide
|
|
|
|
alias database. This only works at small sites,
|
|
|
|
and only with some user agents.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
LUSER_RELAY The site that will handle lusers -- that is, apparently
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
local names that aren't local accounts or aliases. To
|
|
|
|
specify a local user instead of a site, set this to
|
|
|
|
``local:username''.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Any of these can be either ``mailer:hostname'' (in which case the
|
|
|
|
mailer is the internal mailer name, such as ``uucp-new'' and the hostname
|
|
|
|
is the name of the host as appropriate for that mailer) or just a
|
|
|
|
``hostname'', in which case a default mailer type (usually ``relay'',
|
|
|
|
a variant on SMTP) is used. WARNING: if you have a wildcard MX
|
|
|
|
record matching your domain, you probably want to define these to
|
|
|
|
have a trailing dot so that you won't get the mail diverted back
|
|
|
|
to yourself.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The domain file can also be used to define a domain name, if needed
|
|
|
|
(using "DD<domain>") and set certain site-wide features. If all hosts
|
|
|
|
at your site masquerade behind one email name, you could also use
|
|
|
|
MASQUERADE_AS here.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You do not have to define a domain -- in particular, if you are a
|
|
|
|
single machine sitting off somewhere, it is probably more work than
|
|
|
|
it's worth. This is just a mechanism for combining "domain dependent
|
|
|
|
knowledge" into one place.
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
+---------+
|
|
|
|
| MAILERS |
|
|
|
|
+---------+
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There are fewer mailers supported in this version than the previous
|
|
|
|
version, owing mostly to a simpler world. As a general rule, put the
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
MAILER definitions last in your .mc file.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
local The local and prog mailers. You will almost always
|
|
|
|
need these; the only exception is if you relay ALL
|
|
|
|
your mail to another site. This mailer is included
|
|
|
|
automatically.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
smtp The Simple Mail Transport Protocol mailer. This does
|
|
|
|
not hide hosts behind a gateway or another other
|
|
|
|
such hack; it assumes a world where everyone is
|
|
|
|
running the name server. This file actually defines
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
five mailers: "smtp" for regular (old-style) SMTP to
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
other servers, "esmtp" for extended SMTP to other
|
|
|
|
servers, "smtp8" to do SMTP to other servers without
|
|
|
|
converting 8-bit data to MIME (essentially, this is
|
|
|
|
your statement that you know the other end is 8-bit
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
clean even if it doesn't say so), "dsmtp" to do on
|
|
|
|
demand delivery, and "relay" for transmission to the
|
|
|
|
RELAY_HOST, LUSER_RELAY, or MAIL_HUB.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-10-01 01:49:02 +00:00
|
|
|
uucp The UNIX-to-UNIX Copy Program mailer. Actually, this
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
defines two mailers, "uucp-old" (a.k.a. "uucp") and
|
|
|
|
"uucp-new" (a.k.a. "suucp"). The latter is for when you
|
|
|
|
know that the UUCP mailer at the other end can handle
|
|
|
|
multiple recipients in one transfer. If the smtp mailer
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
is included in your configuration, two other mailers
|
|
|
|
("uucp-dom" and "uucp-uudom") are also defined [warning: you
|
|
|
|
MUST specify MAILER(`smtp') before MAILER(`uucp')]. When you
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
include the uucp mailer, sendmail looks for all names in
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
class {U} and sends them to the uucp-old mailer; all
|
|
|
|
names in class {Y} are sent to uucp-new; and all
|
|
|
|
names in class {Z} are sent to uucp-uudom. Note that
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
this is a function of what version of rmail runs on
|
|
|
|
the receiving end, and hence may be out of your control.
|
|
|
|
See the section below describing UUCP mailers in more
|
|
|
|
detail.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
usenet Usenet (network news) delivery. If this is specified,
|
|
|
|
an extra rule is added to ruleset 0 that forwards all
|
|
|
|
local email for users named ``group.usenet'' to the
|
|
|
|
``inews'' program. Note that this works for all groups,
|
|
|
|
and may be considered a security problem.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
fax Facsimile transmission. This is experimental and based
|
1997-08-04 05:00:07 +00:00
|
|
|
on Sam Leffler's HylaFAX software. For more information,
|
2001-01-21 22:17:06 +00:00
|
|
|
see http://www.hylafax.org/.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pop Post Office Protocol.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
procmail An interface to procmail (does not come with sendmail).
|
|
|
|
This is designed to be used in mailertables. For example,
|
|
|
|
a common question is "how do I forward all mail for a given
|
|
|
|
domain to a single person?". If you have this mailer
|
|
|
|
defined, you could set up a mailertable reading:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
host.com procmail:/etc/procmailrcs/host.com
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
with the file /etc/procmailrcs/host.com reading:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
:0 # forward mail for host.com
|
|
|
|
! -oi -f $1 person@other.host
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This would arrange for (anything)@host.com to be sent
|
2003-03-03 17:09:13 +00:00
|
|
|
to person@other.host. In a procmail script, $1 is the
|
|
|
|
name of the sender and $2 is the name of the recipient.
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
If you use this with FEATURE(`local_procmail'), the FEATURE
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
should be listed first.
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
Of course there are other ways to solve this particular
|
|
|
|
problem, e.g., a catch-all entry in a virtusertable.
|
|
|
|
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
mail11 The DECnet mail11 mailer, useful only if you have the mail11
|
|
|
|
program from gatekeeper.dec.com:/pub/DEC/gwtools (and
|
|
|
|
DECnet, of course). This is for Phase IV DECnet support;
|
|
|
|
if you have Phase V at your site you may have additional
|
|
|
|
problems.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
phquery The phquery program. This is somewhat counterintuitively
|
|
|
|
referenced as the "ph" mailer internally. It can be used
|
|
|
|
to do CCSO name server lookups. The phquery program, which
|
|
|
|
this mailer uses, is distributed with the ph client.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cyrus The cyrus and cyrusbb mailers. The cyrus mailer delivers to
|
|
|
|
a local cyrus user. this mailer can make use of the
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
"user+detail@local.host" syntax (see
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail')); it will deliver the
|
|
|
|
mail to the user's "detail" mailbox if the mailbox's ACL
|
|
|
|
permits. The cyrusbb mailer delivers to a system-wide
|
|
|
|
cyrus mailbox if the mailbox's ACL permits. The cyrus
|
|
|
|
mailer must be defined after the local mailer.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-06-11 21:12:04 +00:00
|
|
|
cyrusv2 The mailer for Cyrus v2.x. The cyrusv2 mailer delivers to
|
|
|
|
local cyrus users via LMTP. This mailer can make use of the
|
|
|
|
"user+detail@local.host" syntax (see
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail')); it will deliver the
|
|
|
|
mail to the user's "detail" mailbox if the mailbox's ACL
|
|
|
|
permits. The cyrusv2 mailer must be defined after the
|
|
|
|
local mailer.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
qpage A mailer for QuickPage, a pager interface. See
|
|
|
|
http://www.qpage.org/ for further information.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The local mailer accepts addresses of the form "user+detail", where
|
|
|
|
the "+detail" is not used for mailbox matching but is available
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
to certain local mail programs (in particular, see
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`local_procmail')). For example, "eric", "eric+sendmail", and
|
|
|
|
"eric+sww" all indicate the same user, but additional arguments <null>,
|
|
|
|
"sendmail", and "sww" may be provided for use in sorting mail.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+----------+
|
|
|
|
| FEATURES |
|
|
|
|
+----------+
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Special features can be requested using the "FEATURE" macro. For
|
|
|
|
example, the .mc line:
|
|
|
|
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
FEATURE(`use_cw_file')
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
tells sendmail that you want to have it read an /etc/mail/local-host-names
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
file to get values for class {w}. A FEATURE may contain up to 9
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
optional parameters -- for example:
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
FEATURE(`mailertable', `dbm /usr/lib/mailertable')
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
The default database map type for the table features can be set with
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
define(`DATABASE_MAP_TYPE', `dbm')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
which would set it to use ndbm databases. The default is the Berkeley DB
|
|
|
|
hash database format. Note that you must still declare a database map type
|
|
|
|
if you specify an argument to a FEATURE. DATABASE_MAP_TYPE is only used
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
if no argument is given for the FEATURE. It must be specified before any
|
|
|
|
feature that uses a map.
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
Also, features which can take a map definition as an argument can also take
|
|
|
|
the special keyword `LDAP'. If that keyword is used, the map will use the
|
|
|
|
LDAP definition described in the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND
|
|
|
|
CLASSES'' section below.
|
|
|
|
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
Available features are:
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
use_cw_file Read the file /etc/mail/local-host-names file to get
|
|
|
|
alternate names for this host. This might be used if you
|
|
|
|
were on a host that MXed for a dynamic set of other hosts.
|
|
|
|
If the set is static, just including the line "Cw<name1>
|
|
|
|
<name2> ..." (where the names are fully qualified domain
|
|
|
|
names) is probably superior. The actual filename can be
|
|
|
|
overridden by redefining confCW_FILE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
use_ct_file Read the file /etc/mail/trusted-users file to get the
|
|
|
|
names of users that will be ``trusted'', that is, able to
|
|
|
|
set their envelope from address using -f without generating
|
|
|
|
a warning message. The actual filename can be overridden
|
|
|
|
by redefining confCT_FILE.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
redirect Reject all mail addressed to "address.REDIRECT" with
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
a ``551 User has moved; please try <address>'' message.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
If this is set, you can alias people who have left
|
|
|
|
to their new address with ".REDIRECT" appended.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
nouucp Don't route UUCP addresses. This feature takes one
|
|
|
|
parameter:
|
|
|
|
`reject': reject addresses which have "!" in the local
|
|
|
|
part unless it originates from a system
|
|
|
|
that is allowed to relay.
|
|
|
|
`nospecial': don't do anything special with "!".
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
Warnings: 1. See the notice in the anti-spam section.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
2. don't remove "!" from OperatorChars if `reject' is
|
|
|
|
given as parameter.
|
|
|
|
|
2014-12-12 04:10:50 +00:00
|
|
|
nopercenthack Don't treat % as routing character. This feature takes one
|
|
|
|
parameter:
|
|
|
|
`reject': reject addresses which have % in the local
|
|
|
|
part unless it originates from a system
|
|
|
|
that is allowed to relay.
|
|
|
|
`nospecial': don't do anything special with %.
|
|
|
|
Warnings: 1. See the notice in the anti-spam section.
|
|
|
|
2. Don't remove % from OperatorChars if `reject' is
|
|
|
|
given as parameter.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
nocanonify Don't pass addresses to $[ ... $] for canonification
|
2001-01-21 22:17:06 +00:00
|
|
|
by default, i.e., host/domain names are considered canonical,
|
|
|
|
except for unqualified names, which must not be used in this
|
|
|
|
mode (violation of the standard). It can be changed by
|
|
|
|
setting the DaemonPortOptions modifiers (M=). That is,
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
FEATURE(`nocanonify') will be overridden by setting the
|
|
|
|
'c' flag. Conversely, if FEATURE(`nocanonify') is not used,
|
|
|
|
it can be emulated by setting the 'C' flag
|
|
|
|
(DaemonPortOptions=Modifiers=C). This would generally only
|
|
|
|
be used by sites that only act as mail gateways or which have
|
|
|
|
user agents that do full canonification themselves. You may
|
|
|
|
also want to use
|
|
|
|
"define(`confBIND_OPTS', `-DNSRCH -DEFNAMES')" to turn off
|
|
|
|
the usual resolver options that do a similar thing.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
An exception list for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
|
|
|
|
specified with CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
|
|
|
|
i.e., a list of domains which are nevertheless passed to
|
|
|
|
$[ ... $] for canonification. This is useful to turn on
|
|
|
|
canonification for local domains, e.g., use
|
|
|
|
CANONIFY_DOMAIN(`my.domain my') to canonify addresses
|
|
|
|
which end in "my.domain" or "my".
|
|
|
|
Another way to require canonification in the local
|
|
|
|
domain is CANONIFY_DOMAIN(`$=m').
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A trailing dot is added to addresses with more than
|
|
|
|
one component in it such that other features which
|
|
|
|
expect a trailing dot (e.g., virtusertable) will
|
|
|
|
still work.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter, i.e.,
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`nocanonify', `canonify_hosts'), then
|
|
|
|
addresses which have only a hostname, e.g.,
|
|
|
|
<user@host>, will be canonified (and hopefully fully
|
|
|
|
qualified), too.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-01-21 22:17:06 +00:00
|
|
|
stickyhost This feature is sometimes used with LOCAL_RELAY,
|
|
|
|
although it can be used for a different effect with
|
|
|
|
MAIL_HUB.
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-28 00:19:57 +00:00
|
|
|
When used without MAIL_HUB, email sent to
|
2001-01-21 22:17:06 +00:00
|
|
|
"user@local.host" are marked as "sticky" -- that
|
|
|
|
is, the local addresses aren't matched against UDB,
|
|
|
|
don't go through ruleset 5, and are not forwarded to
|
|
|
|
the LOCAL_RELAY (if defined).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With MAIL_HUB, mail addressed to "user@local.host"
|
|
|
|
is forwarded to the mail hub, with the envelope
|
|
|
|
address still remaining "user@local.host".
|
|
|
|
Without stickyhost, the envelope would be changed
|
|
|
|
to "user@mail_hub", in order to protect against
|
|
|
|
mailing loops.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mailertable Include a "mailer table" which can be used to override
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
routing for particular domains (which are not in class {w},
|
|
|
|
i.e. local host names). The argument of the FEATURE may be
|
|
|
|
the key definition. If none is specified, the definition
|
|
|
|
used is:
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
hash /etc/mail/mailertable
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
Keys in this database are fully qualified domain names
|
|
|
|
or partial domains preceded by a dot -- for example,
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
"vangogh.CS.Berkeley.EDU" or ".CS.Berkeley.EDU". As a
|
|
|
|
special case of the latter, "." matches any domain not
|
|
|
|
covered by other keys. Values must be of the form:
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
mailer:domain
|
|
|
|
where "mailer" is the internal mailer name, and "domain"
|
|
|
|
is where to send the message. These maps are not
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
reflected into the message header. As a special case,
|
|
|
|
the forms:
|
|
|
|
local:user
|
|
|
|
will forward to the indicated user using the local mailer,
|
|
|
|
local:
|
|
|
|
will forward to the original user in the e-mail address
|
|
|
|
using the local mailer, and
|
|
|
|
error:code message
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
error:D.S.N:code message
|
|
|
|
will give an error message with the indicated SMTP reply
|
|
|
|
code and message, where D.S.N is an RFC 1893 compliant
|
|
|
|
error code.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
domaintable Include a "domain table" which can be used to provide
|
|
|
|
domain name mapping. Use of this should really be
|
|
|
|
limited to your own domains. It may be useful if you
|
|
|
|
change names (e.g., your company changes names from
|
|
|
|
oldname.com to newname.com). The argument of the
|
|
|
|
FEATURE may be the key definition. If none is specified,
|
|
|
|
the definition used is:
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
hash /etc/mail/domaintable
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
The key in this table is the domain name; the value is
|
|
|
|
the new (fully qualified) domain. Anything in the
|
|
|
|
domaintable is reflected into headers; that is, this
|
|
|
|
is done in ruleset 3.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bitdomain Look up bitnet hosts in a table to try to turn them into
|
|
|
|
internet addresses. The table can be built using the
|
|
|
|
bitdomain program contributed by John Gardiner Myers.
|
|
|
|
The argument of the FEATURE may be the key definition; if
|
|
|
|
none is specified, the definition used is:
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
hash /etc/mail/bitdomain
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
Keys are the bitnet hostname; values are the corresponding
|
|
|
|
internet hostname.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
uucpdomain Similar feature for UUCP hosts. The default map definition
|
|
|
|
is:
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
hash /etc/mail/uudomain
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
At the moment there is no automagic tool to build this
|
|
|
|
database.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
always_add_domain
|
|
|
|
Include the local host domain even on locally delivered
|
1996-11-18 02:26:51 +00:00
|
|
|
mail. Normally it is not added on unqualified names.
|
|
|
|
However, if you use a shared message store but do not use
|
|
|
|
the same user name space everywhere, you may need the host
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
name on local names. An optional argument specifies
|
|
|
|
another domain to be added than the local.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
allmasquerade If masquerading is enabled (using MASQUERADE_AS), this
|
|
|
|
feature will cause recipient addresses to also masquerade
|
|
|
|
as being from the masquerade host. Normally they get
|
|
|
|
the local hostname. Although this may be right for
|
|
|
|
ordinary users, it can break local aliases. For example,
|
|
|
|
if you send to "localalias", the originating sendmail will
|
|
|
|
find that alias and send to all members, but send the
|
|
|
|
message with "To: localalias@masqueradehost". Since that
|
|
|
|
alias likely does not exist, replies will fail. Use this
|
|
|
|
feature ONLY if you can guarantee that the ENTIRE
|
|
|
|
namespace on your masquerade host supersets all the
|
|
|
|
local entries.
|
|
|
|
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
limited_masquerade
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
Normally, any hosts listed in class {w} are masqueraded. If
|
|
|
|
this feature is given, only the hosts listed in class {M} (see
|
|
|
|
below: MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) are masqueraded. This is useful
|
|
|
|
if you have several domains with disjoint namespaces hosted
|
|
|
|
on the same machine.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
masquerade_entire_domain
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
If masquerading is enabled (using MASQUERADE_AS) and
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
MASQUERADE_DOMAIN (see below) is set, this feature will
|
|
|
|
cause addresses to be rewritten such that the masquerading
|
|
|
|
domains are actually entire domains to be hidden. All
|
|
|
|
hosts within the masquerading domains will be rewritten
|
|
|
|
to the masquerade name (used in MASQUERADE_AS). For example,
|
|
|
|
if you have:
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
MASQUERADE_AS(`masq.com')
|
|
|
|
MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(`foo.org')
|
|
|
|
MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(`bar.com')
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
then *foo.org and *bar.com are converted to masq.com. Without
|
|
|
|
this feature, only foo.org and bar.com are masqueraded.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE: only domains within your jurisdiction and
|
|
|
|
current hierarchy should be masqueraded using this.
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
local_no_masquerade
|
|
|
|
This feature prevents the local mailer from masquerading even
|
|
|
|
if MASQUERADE_AS is used. MASQUERADE_AS will only have effect
|
|
|
|
on addresses of mail going outside the local domain.
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-08 20:31:29 +00:00
|
|
|
masquerade_envelope
|
|
|
|
If masquerading is enabled (using MASQUERADE_AS) or the
|
|
|
|
genericstable is in use, this feature will cause envelope
|
|
|
|
addresses to also masquerade as being from the masquerade
|
|
|
|
host. Normally only the header addresses are masqueraded.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
genericstable This feature will cause unqualified addresses (i.e., without
|
|
|
|
a domain) and addresses with a domain listed in class {G}
|
|
|
|
to be looked up in a map and turned into another ("generic")
|
|
|
|
form, which can change both the domain name and the user name.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
Notice: if you use an MSP (as it is default starting with
|
|
|
|
8.12), the MTA will only receive qualified addresses from the
|
|
|
|
MSP (as required by the RFCs). Hence you need to add your
|
|
|
|
domain to class {G}. This feature is similar to the userdb
|
|
|
|
functionality. The same types of addresses as for
|
|
|
|
masquerading are looked up, i.e., only header sender
|
|
|
|
addresses unless the allmasquerade and/or masquerade_envelope
|
|
|
|
features are given. Qualified addresses must have the domain
|
|
|
|
part in class {G}; entries can be added to this class by the
|
|
|
|
macros GENERICS_DOMAIN or GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE (analogously
|
|
|
|
to MASQUERADE_DOMAIN and MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE, see below).
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
The argument of FEATURE(`genericstable') may be the map
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
definition; the default map definition is:
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
hash /etc/mail/genericstable
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
The key for this table is either the full address, the domain
|
|
|
|
(with a leading @; the localpart is passed as first argument)
|
|
|
|
or the unqualified username (tried in the order mentioned);
|
|
|
|
the value is the new user address. If the new user address
|
|
|
|
does not include a domain, it will be qualified in the standard
|
|
|
|
manner, i.e., using $j or the masquerade name. Note that the
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
address being looked up must be fully qualified. For local
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
mail, it is necessary to use FEATURE(`always_add_domain')
|
|
|
|
for the addresses to be qualified.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
The "+detail" of an address is passed as %1, so entries like
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
old+*@foo.org new+%1@example.com
|
|
|
|
gen+*@foo.org %1@example.com
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and other forms are possible.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
generics_entire_domain
|
|
|
|
If the genericstable is enabled and GENERICS_DOMAIN or
|
|
|
|
GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE is used, this feature will cause
|
|
|
|
addresses to be searched in the map if their domain
|
|
|
|
parts are subdomains of elements in class {G}.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtusertable A domain-specific form of aliasing, allowing multiple
|
|
|
|
virtual domains to be hosted on one machine. For example,
|
2006-03-22 16:40:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if the virtuser table contains:
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
info@foo.com foo-info
|
|
|
|
info@bar.com bar-info
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
joe@bar.com error:nouser 550 No such user here
|
|
|
|
jax@bar.com error:5.7.0:550 Address invalid
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
@baz.org jane@example.net
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
then mail addressed to info@foo.com will be sent to the
|
|
|
|
address foo-info, mail addressed to info@bar.com will be
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
delivered to bar-info, and mail addressed to anyone at baz.org
|
|
|
|
will be sent to jane@example.net, mail to joe@bar.com will
|
|
|
|
be rejected with the specified error message, and mail to
|
|
|
|
jax@bar.com will also have a RFC 1893 compliant error code
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
5.7.0.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The username from the original address is passed
|
|
|
|
as %1 allowing:
|
1997-06-27 14:53:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
@foo.org %1@example.com
|
1997-06-27 14:53:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
meaning someone@foo.org will be sent to someone@example.com.
|
|
|
|
Additionally, if the local part consists of "user+detail"
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
then "detail" is passed as %2 and "+detail" is passed as %3
|
|
|
|
when a match against user+* is attempted, so entries like
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
old+*@foo.org new+%2@example.com
|
|
|
|
gen+*@foo.org %2@example.com
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
+*@foo.org %1%3@example.com
|
|
|
|
X++@foo.org Z%3@example.com
|
|
|
|
@bar.org %1%3
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and other forms are possible. Note: to preserve "+detail"
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
for a default case (@domain) %1%3 must be used as RHS.
|
|
|
|
There are two wildcards after "+": "+" matches only a non-empty
|
|
|
|
detail, "*" matches also empty details, e.g., user+@foo.org
|
|
|
|
matches +*@foo.org but not ++@foo.org. This can be used
|
|
|
|
to ensure that the parameters %2 and %3 are not empty.
|
1997-06-27 14:53:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All the host names on the left hand side (foo.com, bar.com,
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
and baz.org) must be in class {w} or class {VirtHost}. The
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
latter can be defined by the macros VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or
|
|
|
|
VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE (analogously to MASQUERADE_DOMAIN and
|
|
|
|
MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE, see below). If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or
|
|
|
|
VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE is used, then the entries of class
|
|
|
|
{VirtHost} are added to class {R}, i.e., relaying is allowed
|
2008-08-28 04:33:50 +00:00
|
|
|
to (and from) those domains, which by default includes also
|
|
|
|
all subdomains (see relay_hosts_only). The default map
|
|
|
|
definition is:
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
hash /etc/mail/virtusertable
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A new definition can be specified as the second argument of
|
1997-06-27 14:53:01 +00:00
|
|
|
the FEATURE macro, such as
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
FEATURE(`virtusertable', `dbm /etc/mail/virtusers')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtuser_entire_domain
|
|
|
|
If the virtusertable is enabled and VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or
|
|
|
|
VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE is used, this feature will cause
|
|
|
|
addresses to be searched in the map if their domain
|
|
|
|
parts are subdomains of elements in class {VirtHost}.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
ldap_routing Implement LDAP-based e-mail recipient routing according to
|
|
|
|
the Internet Draft draft-lachman-laser-ldap-mail-routing-01.
|
|
|
|
This provides a method to re-route addresses with a
|
|
|
|
domain portion in class {LDAPRoute} to either a
|
|
|
|
different mail host or a different address. Hosts can
|
|
|
|
be added to this class using LDAPROUTE_DOMAIN and
|
|
|
|
LDAPROUTE_DOMAIN_FILE (analogously to MASQUERADE_DOMAIN and
|
|
|
|
MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE, see below).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See the LDAP ROUTING section below for more information.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nullclient This is a special case -- it creates a configuration file
|
|
|
|
containing nothing but support for forwarding all mail to a
|
|
|
|
central hub via a local SMTP-based network. The argument
|
|
|
|
is the name of that hub.
|
|
|
|
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
The only other feature that should be used in conjunction
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
with this one is FEATURE(`nocanonify'). No mailers
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
should be defined. No aliasing or forwarding is done.
|
|
|
|
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
local_lmtp Use an LMTP capable local mailer. The argument to this
|
|
|
|
feature is the pathname of an LMTP capable mailer. By
|
|
|
|
default, mail.local is used. This is expected to be the
|
|
|
|
mail.local which came with the 8.9 distribution which is
|
|
|
|
LMTP capable. The path to mail.local is set by the
|
|
|
|
confEBINDIR m4 variable -- making the default
|
|
|
|
LOCAL_MAILER_PATH /usr/libexec/mail.local.
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
If a different LMTP capable mailer is used, its pathname
|
|
|
|
can be specified as second parameter and the arguments
|
|
|
|
passed to it (A=) as third parameter, e.g.,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`local_lmtp', `/usr/local/bin/lmtp', `lmtp')
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
WARNING: This feature sets LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS unconditionally,
|
|
|
|
i.e., without respecting any definitions in an OSTYPE setting.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
local_procmail Use procmail or another delivery agent as the local mailer.
|
|
|
|
The argument to this feature is the pathname of the
|
|
|
|
delivery agent, which defaults to PROCMAIL_MAILER_PATH.
|
|
|
|
Note that this does NOT use PROCMAIL_MAILER_FLAGS or
|
|
|
|
PROCMAIL_MAILER_ARGS for the local mailer; tweak
|
|
|
|
LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS instead, or
|
|
|
|
specify the appropriate parameters. When procmail is used,
|
|
|
|
the local mailer can make use of the
|
|
|
|
"user+indicator@local.host" syntax; normally the +indicator
|
|
|
|
is just tossed, but by default it is passed as the -a
|
|
|
|
argument to procmail.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This feature can take up to three arguments:
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
1. Path to the mailer program
|
|
|
|
[default: /usr/local/bin/procmail]
|
|
|
|
2. Argument vector including name of the program
|
|
|
|
[default: procmail -Y -a $h -d $u]
|
|
|
|
3. Flags for the mailer [default: SPfhn9]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Empty arguments cause the defaults to be taken.
|
2003-02-08 20:31:29 +00:00
|
|
|
Note that if you are on a system with a broken
|
|
|
|
setreuid() call, you may need to add -f $f to the procmail
|
|
|
|
argument vector to pass the proper sender to procmail.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example, this allows it to use the maildrop
|
|
|
|
(http://www.flounder.net/~mrsam/maildrop/) mailer instead
|
|
|
|
by specifying:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`local_procmail', `/usr/local/bin/maildrop',
|
|
|
|
`maildrop -d $u')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
or scanmails using:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`local_procmail', `/usr/local/bin/scanmails')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WARNING: This feature sets LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS unconditionally,
|
|
|
|
i.e., without respecting any definitions in an OSTYPE setting.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bestmx_is_local Accept mail as though locally addressed for any host that
|
|
|
|
lists us as the best possible MX record. This generates
|
|
|
|
additional DNS traffic, but should be OK for low to
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
medium traffic hosts. The argument may be a set of
|
|
|
|
domains, which will limit the feature to only apply to
|
|
|
|
these domains -- this will reduce unnecessary DNS
|
|
|
|
traffic. THIS FEATURE IS FUNDAMENTALLY INCOMPATIBLE WITH
|
|
|
|
WILDCARD MX RECORDS!!! If you have a wildcard MX record
|
|
|
|
that matches your domain, you cannot use this feature.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
smrsh Use the SendMail Restricted SHell (smrsh) provided
|
|
|
|
with the distribution instead of /bin/sh for mailing
|
|
|
|
to programs. This improves the ability of the local
|
|
|
|
system administrator to control what gets run via
|
|
|
|
e-mail. If an argument is provided it is used as the
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
pathname to smrsh; otherwise, the path defined by
|
|
|
|
confEBINDIR is used for the smrsh binary -- by default,
|
|
|
|
/usr/libexec/smrsh is assumed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
promiscuous_relay
|
|
|
|
By default, the sendmail configuration files do not permit
|
|
|
|
mail relaying (that is, accepting mail from outside your
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
local host (class {w}) and sending it to another host than
|
|
|
|
your local host). This option sets your site to allow
|
|
|
|
mail relaying from any site to any site. In almost all
|
|
|
|
cases, it is better to control relaying more carefully
|
|
|
|
with the access map, class {R}, or authentication. Domains
|
|
|
|
can be added to class {R} by the macros RELAY_DOMAIN or
|
|
|
|
RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE (analogously to MASQUERADE_DOMAIN and
|
|
|
|
MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE, see below).
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
relay_entire_domain
|
2002-06-11 21:12:04 +00:00
|
|
|
This option allows any host in your domain as defined by
|
|
|
|
class {m} to use your server for relaying. Notice: make
|
|
|
|
sure that your domain is not just a top level domain,
|
|
|
|
e.g., com. This can happen if you give your host a name
|
|
|
|
like example.com instead of host.example.com.
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
relay_hosts_only
|
|
|
|
By default, names that are listed as RELAY in the access
|
2002-06-11 21:12:04 +00:00
|
|
|
db and class {R} are treated as domain names, not host names.
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
For example, if you specify ``foo.com'', then mail to or
|
|
|
|
from foo.com, abc.foo.com, or a.very.deep.domain.foo.com
|
|
|
|
will all be accepted for relaying. This feature changes
|
2012-12-29 20:13:40 +00:00
|
|
|
the behaviour to look up individual host names only.
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
relay_based_on_MX
|
|
|
|
Turns on the ability to allow relaying based on the MX
|
1999-01-12 12:26:57 +00:00
|
|
|
records of the host portion of an incoming recipient; that
|
|
|
|
is, if an MX record for host foo.com points to your site,
|
|
|
|
you will accept and relay mail addressed to foo.com. See
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
description below for more information before using this
|
1999-01-12 12:26:57 +00:00
|
|
|
feature. Also, see the KNOWNBUGS entry regarding bestmx
|
|
|
|
map lookups.
|
|
|
|
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') does not necessarily allow
|
1999-01-12 12:26:57 +00:00
|
|
|
routing of these messages which you expect to be allowed,
|
|
|
|
if route address syntax (or %-hack syntax) is used. If
|
|
|
|
this is a problem, add entries to the access-table or use
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
FEATURE(`loose_relay_check').
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
relay_mail_from
|
|
|
|
Allows relaying if the mail sender is listed as RELAY in
|
2003-02-08 20:31:29 +00:00
|
|
|
the access map. If an optional argument `domain' (this
|
|
|
|
is the literal word `domain', not a placeholder) is given,
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
relaying can be allowed just based on the domain portion
|
|
|
|
of the sender address. This feature should only be used if
|
|
|
|
absolutely necessary as the sender address can be easily
|
2002-06-11 21:12:04 +00:00
|
|
|
forged. Use of this feature requires the "From:" tag to
|
|
|
|
be used for the key in the access map; see the discussion
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
of tags and FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') in the section on
|
|
|
|
anti-spam configuration control.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
relay_local_from
|
|
|
|
Allows relaying if the domain portion of the mail sender
|
|
|
|
is a local host. This should only be used if absolutely
|
1999-01-12 12:26:57 +00:00
|
|
|
necessary as it opens a window for spammers. Specifically,
|
|
|
|
they can send mail to your mail server that claims to be
|
|
|
|
from your domain (either directly or via a routed address),
|
|
|
|
and you will go ahead and relay it out to arbitrary hosts
|
|
|
|
on the Internet.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
accept_unqualified_senders
|
|
|
|
Normally, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
|
|
|
|
refused if the connection is a network connection and the
|
|
|
|
sender address does not include a domain name. If your
|
2006-03-22 16:40:03 +00:00
|
|
|
setup sends local mail unqualified (i.e., MAIL FROM:<joe>),
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
you will need to use this feature to accept unqualified
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
sender addresses. Setting the DaemonPortOptions modifier
|
|
|
|
'u' overrides the default behavior, i.e., unqualified
|
|
|
|
addresses are accepted even without this FEATURE.
|
|
|
|
If this FEATURE is not used, the DaemonPortOptions modifier
|
|
|
|
'f' can be used to enforce fully qualified addresses.
|
|
|
|
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
accept_unresolvable_domains
|
|
|
|
Normally, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM:
|
|
|
|
cannot be located in the host name service (e.g., an A or
|
|
|
|
MX record in DNS). If you are inside a firewall that has
|
|
|
|
only a limited view of the Internet host name space, this
|
|
|
|
could cause problems. In this case you probably want to
|
|
|
|
use this feature to accept all domains on input, even if
|
|
|
|
they are unresolvable.
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
access_db Turns on the access database feature. The access db gives
|
|
|
|
you the ability to allow or refuse to accept mail from
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
specified domains for administrative reasons. Moreover,
|
|
|
|
it can control the behavior of sendmail in various situations.
|
|
|
|
By default, the access database specification is:
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
hash -T<TMPF> /etc/mail/access
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
See the anti-spam configuration control section for further
|
|
|
|
important information about this feature. Notice:
|
|
|
|
"-T<TMPF>" is meant literal, do not replace it by anything.
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-07-14 21:40:53 +00:00
|
|
|
blocklist_recipients
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Turns on the ability to block incoming mail for certain
|
|
|
|
recipient usernames, hostnames, or addresses. For
|
|
|
|
example, you can block incoming mail to user nobody,
|
|
|
|
host foo.mydomain.com, or guest@bar.mydomain.com.
|
|
|
|
These specifications are put in the access db as
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
described in the anti-spam configuration control section
|
|
|
|
later in this document.
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-21 22:17:06 +00:00
|
|
|
delay_checks The rulesets check_mail and check_relay will not be called
|
|
|
|
when a client connects or issues a MAIL command, respectively.
|
|
|
|
Instead, those rulesets will be called by the check_rcpt
|
|
|
|
ruleset; they will be skipped under certain circumstances.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
See "Delay all checks" in the anti-spam configuration control
|
|
|
|
section. Note: this feature is incompatible to the versions
|
|
|
|
in 8.10 and 8.11.
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
use_client_ptr If this feature is enabled then check_relay will override
|
|
|
|
its first argument with $&{client_ptr}. This is useful for
|
|
|
|
rejections based on the unverified hostname of client,
|
|
|
|
which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail
|
|
|
|
versions when delay_checks was not in use. See doc/op/op.*
|
|
|
|
about check_relay, {client_name}, and {client_ptr}.
|
|
|
|
|
2007-04-09 01:38:51 +00:00
|
|
|
dnsbl Turns on rejection, discarding, or quarantining of hosts
|
|
|
|
found in a DNS based list. The first argument is used as
|
|
|
|
the domain in which blocked hosts are listed. A second
|
|
|
|
argument can be used to change the default error message,
|
|
|
|
or select one of the operations `discard' and `quarantine'.
|
|
|
|
Without that second argument, the error message will be
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-26 02:48:44 +00:00
|
|
|
Rejected: IP-ADDRESS listed at SERVER
|
2007-04-09 01:38:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
where IP-ADDRESS and SERVER are replaced by the appropriate
|
|
|
|
information. By default, temporary lookup failures are
|
|
|
|
ignored. This behavior can be changed by specifying a
|
|
|
|
third argument, which must be either `t' or a full error
|
|
|
|
message. See the anti-spam configuration control section for
|
|
|
|
an example. The dnsbl feature can be included several times
|
|
|
|
to query different DNS based rejection lists. See also
|
|
|
|
enhdnsbl for an enhanced version.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2003-02-08 20:31:29 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the DNSBL_MAP mc option to change the default map
|
|
|
|
definition from `host'. Set the DNSBL_MAP_OPT mc option
|
|
|
|
to add additional options to the map specification used.
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-11 21:12:04 +00:00
|
|
|
Some DNS based rejection lists cause failures if asked
|
|
|
|
for AAAA records. If your sendmail version is compiled
|
|
|
|
with IPv6 support (NETINET6) and you experience this
|
|
|
|
problem, add
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
define(`DNSBL_MAP', `dns -R A')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
before the first use of this feature. Alternatively you
|
2003-03-03 17:09:13 +00:00
|
|
|
can use enhdnsbl instead (see below). Moreover, this
|
|
|
|
statement can be used to reduce the number of DNS retries,
|
|
|
|
e.g.,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
define(`DNSBL_MAP', `dns -R A -r2')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See below (EDNSBL_TO) for an explanation.
|
2002-06-11 21:12:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
enhdnsbl Enhanced version of dnsbl (see above). Further arguments
|
|
|
|
(up to 5) can be used to specify specific return values
|
|
|
|
from lookups. Temporary lookup failures are ignored unless
|
|
|
|
a third argument is given, which must be either `t' or a full
|
|
|
|
error message. By default, any successful lookup will
|
|
|
|
generate an error. Otherwise the result of the lookup is
|
|
|
|
compared with the supplied argument(s), and only if a match
|
|
|
|
occurs an error is generated. For example,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`enhdnsbl', `dnsbl.example.com', `', `t', `127.0.0.2.')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
will reject the e-mail if the lookup returns the value
|
|
|
|
``127.0.0.2.'', or generate a 451 response if the lookup
|
|
|
|
temporarily failed. The arguments can contain metasymbols
|
|
|
|
as they are allowed in the LHS of rules. As the example
|
|
|
|
shows, the default values are also used if an empty argument,
|
|
|
|
i.e., `', is specified. This feature requires that sendmail
|
|
|
|
has been compiled with the flag DNSMAP (see sendmail/README).
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-08 20:31:29 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the EDNSBL_TO mc option to change the DNS retry count
|
2003-03-03 17:09:13 +00:00
|
|
|
from the default value of 5, this can be very useful when
|
|
|
|
a DNS server is not responding, which in turn may cause
|
|
|
|
clients to time out (an entry stating
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
will be logged).
|
2003-02-08 20:31:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
ratecontrol Enable simple ruleset to do connection rate control
|
|
|
|
checking. This requires entries in access_db of the form
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ClientRate:IP.ADD.RE.SS LIMIT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The RHS specifies the maximum number of connections
|
|
|
|
(an integer number) over the time interval defined
|
|
|
|
by ConnectionRateWindowSize, where 0 means unlimited.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Take the following example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ClientRate:10.1.2.3 4
|
|
|
|
ClientRate:127.0.0.1 0
|
|
|
|
ClientRate: 10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.1.2.3 can only make up to 4 connections, the
|
|
|
|
general limit it 10, and 127.0.0.1 can make an unlimited
|
|
|
|
number of connections per ConnectionRateWindowSize.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See also CONNECTION CONTROL.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
conncontrol Enable a simple check of the number of incoming SMTP
|
|
|
|
connections. This requires entries in access_db of the
|
|
|
|
form
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ClientConn:IP.ADD.RE.SS LIMIT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The RHS specifies the maximum number of open connections
|
|
|
|
(an integer number).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Take the following example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ClientConn:10.1.2.3 4
|
|
|
|
ClientConn:127.0.0.1 0
|
|
|
|
ClientConn: 10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.1.2.3 can only have up to 4 open connections, the
|
|
|
|
general limit it 10, and 127.0.0.1 does not have any
|
|
|
|
explicit limit.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See also CONNECTION CONTROL.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mtamark Experimental support for "Marking Mail Transfer Agents in
|
|
|
|
Reverse DNS with TXT RRs" (MTAMark), see
|
|
|
|
draft-stumpf-dns-mtamark-01. Optional arguments are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. Error message, default:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
550 Rejected: $&{client_addr} not listed as MTA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. Temporary lookup failures are ignored unless a second
|
|
|
|
argument is given, which must be either `t' or a full
|
|
|
|
error message.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. Lookup prefix, default: _perm._smtp._srv. This should
|
|
|
|
not be changed unless the draft changes it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`mtamark', `', `t')
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
lookupdotdomain Look up also .domain in the access map. This allows to
|
|
|
|
match only subdomains. It does not work well with
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only'), because most lookups for
|
|
|
|
subdomains are suppressed by the latter feature.
|
|
|
|
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
loose_relay_check
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
Normally, if % addressing is used for a recipient, e.g.
|
|
|
|
user%site@othersite, and othersite is in class {R}, the
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
check_rcpt ruleset will strip @othersite and recheck
|
|
|
|
user@site for relaying. This feature changes that
|
|
|
|
behavior. It should not be needed for most installations.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
authinfo Provide a separate map for client side authentication
|
|
|
|
information. See SMTP AUTHENTICATION for details.
|
|
|
|
By default, the authinfo database specification is:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
hash /etc/mail/authinfo
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
preserve_luser_host
|
|
|
|
Preserve the name of the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is
|
|
|
|
used. Without this option, the domain part of the
|
|
|
|
recipient address will be replaced by the host specified as
|
|
|
|
LUSER_RELAY. This feature only works if the hostname is
|
|
|
|
passed to the mailer (see mailer triple in op.me). Note
|
|
|
|
that in the default configuration the local mailer does not
|
|
|
|
receive the hostname, i.e., the mailer triple has an empty
|
|
|
|
hostname.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
preserve_local_plus_detail
|
|
|
|
Preserve the +detail portion of the address when passing
|
|
|
|
address to local delivery agent. Disables alias and
|
|
|
|
.forward +detail stripping (e.g., given user+detail, only
|
|
|
|
that address will be looked up in the alias file; user+* and
|
|
|
|
user will not be looked up). Only use if the local
|
|
|
|
delivery agent in use supports +detail addressing.
|
2014-01-26 20:46:55 +00:00
|
|
|
Moreover, this will most likely not work if the 'w' flag
|
|
|
|
for the local mailer is set as the entire local address
|
|
|
|
including +detail is passed to the user lookup function.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
compat_check Enable ruleset check_compat to look up pairs of addresses
|
|
|
|
with the Compat: tag -- Compat:sender<@>recipient -- in the
|
|
|
|
access map. Valid values for the RHS include
|
|
|
|
DISCARD silently discard recipient
|
|
|
|
TEMP: return a temporary error
|
|
|
|
ERROR: return a permanent error
|
|
|
|
In the last two cases, a 4xy/5xy SMTP reply code should
|
|
|
|
follow the colon.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
no_default_msa Don't generate the default MSA daemon, i.e.,
|
|
|
|
DAEMON_OPTIONS(`Port=587,Name=MSA,M=E')
|
|
|
|
To define a MSA daemon with other parameters, use this
|
|
|
|
FEATURE and introduce new settings via DAEMON_OPTIONS().
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
msp Defines config file for Message Submission Program.
|
2002-04-10 03:05:00 +00:00
|
|
|
See sendmail/SECURITY for details and cf/cf/submit.mc how
|
|
|
|
to use it. An optional argument can be used to override
|
|
|
|
the default of `[localhost]' to use as host to send all
|
|
|
|
e-mails to. Note that MX records will be used if the
|
|
|
|
specified hostname is not in square brackets (e.g.,
|
|
|
|
[hostname]). If `MSA' is specified as second argument then
|
|
|
|
port 587 is used to contact the server. Example:
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`msp', `', `MSA')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Some more hints about possible changes can be found below
|
|
|
|
in the section MESSAGE SUBMISSION PROGRAM.
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-08 20:31:29 +00:00
|
|
|
Note: Due to many problems, submit.mc uses
|
2002-06-11 21:12:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]')
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-08 20:31:29 +00:00
|
|
|
by default. If you have a machine with IPv6 only,
|
|
|
|
change it to
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-06 04:29:34 +00:00
|
|
|
FEATURE(`msp', `[IPv6:0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1]')
|
2003-02-08 20:31:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you want to continue using '[localhost]', (the behavior
|
|
|
|
up to 8.12.6), use
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`msp')
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
queuegroup A simple example how to select a queue group based
|
|
|
|
on the full e-mail address or the domain of the
|
|
|
|
recipient. Selection is done via entries in the
|
|
|
|
access map using the tag QGRP:, for example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QGRP:example.com main
|
|
|
|
QGRP:friend@some.org others
|
|
|
|
QGRP:my.domain local
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
where "main", "others", and "local" are names of
|
|
|
|
queue groups. If an argument is specified, it is used
|
|
|
|
as default queue group.
|
|
|
|
|
2002-04-10 03:05:00 +00:00
|
|
|
Note: please read the warning in doc/op/op.me about
|
|
|
|
queue groups and possible queue manipulations.
|
|
|
|
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
greet_pause Adds the greet_pause ruleset which enables open proxy
|
|
|
|
and SMTP slamming protection. The feature can take an
|
|
|
|
argument specifying the milliseconds to wait:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`greet_pause', `5000') dnl 5 seconds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If FEATURE(`access_db') is enabled, an access database
|
|
|
|
lookup with the GreetPause tag is done using client
|
|
|
|
hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet to determine the
|
|
|
|
pause time:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GreetPause:my.domain 0
|
|
|
|
GreetPause:example.com 5000
|
|
|
|
GreetPause:10.1.2 2000
|
|
|
|
GreetPause:127.0.0.1 0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When using FEATURE(`access_db'), the optional
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`greet_pause') argument becomes the default if
|
|
|
|
nothing is found in the access database. A ruleset called
|
|
|
|
Local_greet_pause can be used for local modifications, e.g.,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LOCAL_RULESETS
|
|
|
|
SLocal_greet_pause
|
|
|
|
R$* $: $&{daemon_flags}
|
|
|
|
R$* a $* $# 0
|
|
|
|
|
2007-04-09 01:38:51 +00:00
|
|
|
block_bad_helo Reject messages from SMTP clients which provide a HELO/EHLO
|
|
|
|
argument which is either unqualified, or is one of our own
|
|
|
|
names (i.e., the server name instead of the client name).
|
|
|
|
This check is performed at RCPT stage and disabled for the
|
|
|
|
following cases:
|
|
|
|
- authenticated sessions,
|
|
|
|
- connections from IP addresses in class $={R}.
|
|
|
|
Currently access_db lookups can not be used to
|
|
|
|
(selectively) disable this test, moreover,
|
2015-07-06 04:29:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-04-09 01:38:51 +00:00
|
|
|
FEATURE(`delay_checks')
|
2015-07-06 04:29:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
is required. Note, the block_bad_helo feature automatically
|
|
|
|
adds the IPv6 and IPv4 localhost IP addresses to $={w} (local
|
|
|
|
host names) and $={R} (relay permitted).
|
2007-04-09 01:38:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
require_rdns Reject mail from connecting SMTP clients without proper
|
|
|
|
rDNS (reverse DNS), functional gethostbyaddr() resolution.
|
|
|
|
Note: this feature will cause false positives, i.e., there
|
|
|
|
are legitimate MTAs that do not have proper DNS entries.
|
|
|
|
Rejecting mails from those MTAs is a local policy decision.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The basic policy is to reject message with a 5xx error if
|
|
|
|
the IP address fails to resolve. However, if this is a
|
|
|
|
temporary failure, a 4xx temporary failure is returned.
|
|
|
|
If the look-up succeeds, but returns an apparently forged
|
|
|
|
value, this is treated as a temporary failure with a 4xx
|
|
|
|
error code.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXCEPTIONS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exceptions based on access entries are discussed below.
|
|
|
|
Any IP address matched using $=R (the "relay-domains" file)
|
|
|
|
is excepted from the rules. Since we have explicitly
|
|
|
|
allowed relaying for this host, based on IP address, we
|
|
|
|
ignore the rDNS failure.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The philosophical assumption here is that most users do
|
|
|
|
not control their rDNS. They should be able to send mail
|
|
|
|
through their ISP, whether or not they have valid rDNS.
|
|
|
|
The class $=R, roughly speaking, contains those IP addresses
|
|
|
|
and address ranges for which we are the ISP, or are acting
|
|
|
|
as if the ISP.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If `delay_checks' is in effect (recommended), then any
|
|
|
|
sender who has authenticated is also excepted from the
|
|
|
|
restrictions. This happens because the rules produced by
|
|
|
|
this FEATURE() will not be applied to authenticated senders
|
|
|
|
(assuming `delay_checks').
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ACCESS MAP ENTRIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entries such as
|
|
|
|
Connect:1.2.3.4 OK
|
|
|
|
Connect:1.2 RELAY
|
2020-07-14 21:40:53 +00:00
|
|
|
will allowlist IP address 1.2.3.4, so that the rDNS
|
2007-04-09 01:38:51 +00:00
|
|
|
blocking does apply to that IP address
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entries such as
|
|
|
|
Connect:1.2.3.4 REJECT
|
|
|
|
will have the effect of forcing a temporary failure for
|
|
|
|
that address to be treated as a permanent failure.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
badmx Reject envelope sender addresses (MAIL) whose domain part
|
|
|
|
resolves to a "bad" MX record. By default these are
|
|
|
|
MX records which resolve to A records that match the
|
|
|
|
regular expression:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
^(127\.|10\.|0\.0\.0\.0)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This default regular expression can be overridden by
|
|
|
|
specifying an argument, e.g.,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`badmx', `^127\.0\.0\.1')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note: this feature requires that the sendmail binary
|
|
|
|
has been compiled with the options MAP_REGEX and
|
|
|
|
DNSMAP.
|
|
|
|
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
+-------+
|
|
|
|
| HACKS |
|
|
|
|
+-------+
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Some things just can't be called features. To make this clear,
|
|
|
|
they go in the hack subdirectory and are referenced using the HACK
|
|
|
|
macro. These will tend to be site-dependent. The release
|
|
|
|
includes the Berkeley-dependent "cssubdomain" hack (that makes
|
|
|
|
sendmail accept local names in either Berkeley.EDU or CS.Berkeley.EDU;
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
this is intended as a short-term aid while moving hosts into
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
subdomains.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+--------------------+
|
|
|
|
| SITE CONFIGURATION |
|
|
|
|
+--------------------+
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*****************************************************
|
|
|
|
* This section is really obsolete, and is preserved *
|
|
|
|
* only for back compatibility. You should plan on *
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
* using mailertables for new installations. In *
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
* particular, it doesn't work for the newer forms *
|
|
|
|
* of UUCP mailers, such as uucp-uudom. *
|
|
|
|
*****************************************************
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Complex sites will need more local configuration information, such as
|
|
|
|
lists of UUCP hosts they speak with directly. This can get a bit more
|
|
|
|
tricky. For an example of a "complex" site, see cf/ucbvax.mc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The SITECONFIG macro allows you to indirectly reference site-dependent
|
|
|
|
configuration information stored in the siteconfig subdirectory. For
|
|
|
|
example, the line
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
SITECONFIG(`uucp.ucbvax', `ucbvax', `U')
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
reads the file uucp.ucbvax for local connection information. The
|
|
|
|
second parameter is the local name (in this case just "ucbvax" since
|
|
|
|
it is locally connected, and hence a UUCP hostname). The third
|
|
|
|
parameter is the name of both a macro to store the local name (in
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
this case, {U}) and the name of the class (e.g., {U}) in which to store
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
the host information read from the file. Another SITECONFIG line reads
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
SITECONFIG(`uucp.ucbarpa', `ucbarpa.Berkeley.EDU', `W')
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This says that the file uucp.ucbarpa contains the list of UUCP sites
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
connected to ucbarpa.Berkeley.EDU. Class {W} will be used to
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
store this list, and $W is defined to be ucbarpa.Berkeley.EDU, that
|
|
|
|
is, the name of the relay to which the hosts listed in uucp.ucbarpa
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
are connected. [The machine ucbarpa is gone now, but this
|
|
|
|
out-of-date configuration file has been left around to demonstrate
|
|
|
|
how you might do this.]
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that the case of SITECONFIG with a third parameter of ``U'' is
|
|
|
|
special; the second parameter is assumed to be the UUCP name of the
|
|
|
|
local site, rather than the name of a remote site, and the UUCP name
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
is entered into class {w} (the list of local hostnames) as $U.UUCP.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The siteconfig file (e.g., siteconfig/uucp.ucbvax.m4) contains nothing
|
|
|
|
more than a sequence of SITE macros describing connectivity. For
|
|
|
|
example:
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
SITE(`cnmat')
|
|
|
|
SITE(`sgi olympus')
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The second example demonstrates that you can use two names on the
|
|
|
|
same line; these are usually aliases for the same host (or are at
|
|
|
|
least in the same company).
|
|
|
|
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
The macro LOCAL_UUCP can be used to add rules into the generated
|
|
|
|
cf file at the place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts its rules. This
|
|
|
|
should only be used if really necessary.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+--------------------+
|
|
|
|
| USING UUCP MAILERS |
|
|
|
|
+--------------------+
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It's hard to get UUCP mailers right because of the extremely ad hoc
|
|
|
|
nature of UUCP addressing. These config files are really designed
|
|
|
|
for domain-based addressing, even for UUCP sites.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There are four UUCP mailers available. The choice of which one to
|
|
|
|
use is partly a matter of local preferences and what is running at
|
|
|
|
the other end of your UUCP connection. Unlike good protocols that
|
|
|
|
define what will go over the wire, UUCP uses the policy that you
|
|
|
|
should do what is right for the other end; if they change, you have
|
|
|
|
to change. This makes it hard to do the right thing, and discourages
|
|
|
|
people from updating their software. In general, if you can avoid
|
|
|
|
UUCP, please do.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The major choice is whether to go for a domainized scheme or a
|
|
|
|
non-domainized scheme. This depends entirely on what the other
|
|
|
|
end will recognize. If at all possible, you should encourage the
|
|
|
|
other end to go to a domain-based system -- non-domainized addresses
|
|
|
|
don't work entirely properly.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The four mailers are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
uucp-old (obsolete name: "uucp")
|
|
|
|
This is the oldest, the worst (but the closest to UUCP) way of
|
2005-06-07 04:14:59 +00:00
|
|
|
sending messages across UUCP connections. It does bangify
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
everything and prepends $U (your UUCP name) to the sender's
|
|
|
|
address (which can already be a bang path itself). It can
|
|
|
|
only send to one address at a time, so it spends a lot of
|
|
|
|
time copying duplicates of messages. Avoid this if at all
|
|
|
|
possible.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
uucp-new (obsolete name: "suucp")
|
|
|
|
The same as above, except that it assumes that in one rmail
|
|
|
|
command you can specify several recipients. It still has a
|
|
|
|
lot of other problems.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
uucp-dom
|
|
|
|
This UUCP mailer keeps everything as domain addresses.
|
|
|
|
Basically, it uses the SMTP mailer rewriting rules. This mailer
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
is only included if MAILER(`smtp') is specified before
|
|
|
|
MAILER(`uucp').
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unfortunately, a lot of UUCP mailer transport agents require
|
|
|
|
bangified addresses in the envelope, although you can use
|
|
|
|
domain-based addresses in the message header. (The envelope
|
|
|
|
shows up as the From_ line on UNIX mail.) So....
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
uucp-uudom
|
|
|
|
This is a cross between uucp-new (for the envelope addresses)
|
|
|
|
and uucp-dom (for the header addresses). It bangifies the
|
|
|
|
envelope sender (From_ line in messages) without adding the
|
|
|
|
local hostname, unless there is no host name on the address
|
|
|
|
at all (e.g., "wolf") or the host component is a UUCP host name
|
|
|
|
instead of a domain name ("somehost!wolf" instead of
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
"some.dom.ain!wolf"). This is also included only if MAILER(`smtp')
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
is also specified earlier.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
On host grasp.insa-lyon.fr (UUCP host name "grasp"), the following
|
|
|
|
summarizes the sender rewriting for various mailers.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-10-01 01:49:02 +00:00
|
|
|
Mailer sender rewriting in the envelope
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
------ ------ -------------------------
|
|
|
|
uucp-{old,new} wolf grasp!wolf
|
|
|
|
uucp-dom wolf wolf@grasp.insa-lyon.fr
|
|
|
|
uucp-uudom wolf grasp.insa-lyon.fr!wolf
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
uucp-{old,new} wolf@fr.net grasp!fr.net!wolf
|
|
|
|
uucp-dom wolf@fr.net wolf@fr.net
|
|
|
|
uucp-uudom wolf@fr.net fr.net!wolf
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
uucp-{old,new} somehost!wolf grasp!somehost!wolf
|
|
|
|
uucp-dom somehost!wolf somehost!wolf@grasp.insa-lyon.fr
|
|
|
|
uucp-uudom somehost!wolf grasp.insa-lyon.fr!somehost!wolf
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you are using one of the domainized UUCP mailers, you really want
|
|
|
|
to convert all UUCP addresses to domain format -- otherwise, it will
|
|
|
|
do it for you (and probably not the way you expected). For example,
|
|
|
|
if you have the address foo!bar!baz (and you are not sending to foo),
|
|
|
|
the heuristics will add the @uucp.relay.name or @local.host.name to
|
|
|
|
this address. However, if you map foo to foo.host.name first, it
|
|
|
|
will not add the local hostname. You can do this using the uucpdomain
|
|
|
|
feature.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+-------------------+
|
|
|
|
| TWEAKING RULESETS |
|
|
|
|
+-------------------+
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For more complex configurations, you can define special rules.
|
|
|
|
The macro LOCAL_RULE_3 introduces rules that are used in canonicalizing
|
|
|
|
the names. Any modifications made here are reflected in the header.
|
|
|
|
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
A common use is to convert old UUCP addresses to SMTP addresses using
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
the UUCPSMTP macro. For example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LOCAL_RULE_3
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
UUCPSMTP(`decvax', `decvax.dec.com')
|
|
|
|
UUCPSMTP(`research', `research.att.com')
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
will cause addresses of the form "decvax!user" and "research!user"
|
|
|
|
to be converted to "user@decvax.dec.com" and "user@research.att.com"
|
|
|
|
respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This could also be used to look up hosts in a database map:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LOCAL_RULE_3
|
|
|
|
R$* < @ $+ > $* $: $1 < @ $(hostmap $2 $) > $3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This map would be defined in the LOCAL_CONFIG portion, as shown below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Similarly, LOCAL_RULE_0 can be used to introduce new parsing rules.
|
|
|
|
For example, new rules are needed to parse hostnames that you accept
|
|
|
|
via MX records. For example, you might have:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LOCAL_RULE_0
|
|
|
|
R$+ <@ host.dom.ain.> $#uucp $@ cnmat $: $1 < @ host.dom.ain.>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You would use this if you had installed an MX record for cnmat.Berkeley.EDU
|
|
|
|
pointing at this host; this rule catches the message and forwards it on
|
|
|
|
using UUCP.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can also tweak rulesets 1 and 2 using LOCAL_RULE_1 and LOCAL_RULE_2.
|
|
|
|
These rulesets are normally empty.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A similar macro is LOCAL_CONFIG. This introduces lines added after the
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
boilerplate option setting but before rulesets. Do not declare rulesets in
|
|
|
|
the LOCAL_CONFIG section. It can be used to declare local database maps or
|
|
|
|
whatever. For example:
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LOCAL_CONFIG
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
Khostmap hash /etc/mail/hostmap
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
Kyplocal nis -m hosts.byname
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+---------------------------+
|
|
|
|
| MASQUERADING AND RELAYING |
|
|
|
|
+---------------------------+
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can have your host masquerade as another using
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
MASQUERADE_AS(`host.domain')
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
This causes mail being sent to be labeled as coming from the
|
1996-11-18 02:26:51 +00:00
|
|
|
indicated host.domain, rather than $j. One normally masquerades as
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
one of one's own subdomains (for example, it's unlikely that
|
|
|
|
Berkeley would choose to masquerade as an MIT site). This
|
|
|
|
behaviour is modified by a plethora of FEATUREs; in particular, see
|
|
|
|
masquerade_envelope, allmasquerade, limited_masquerade, and
|
|
|
|
masquerade_entire_domain.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The masquerade name is not normally canonified, so it is important
|
|
|
|
that it be your One True Name, that is, fully qualified and not a
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
CNAME. However, if you use a CNAME, the receiving side may canonify
|
|
|
|
it for you, so don't think you can cheat CNAME mapping this way.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Normally the only addresses that are masqueraded are those that come
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
from this host (that is, are either unqualified or in class {w}, the list
|
|
|
|
of local domain names). You can augment this list, which is realized
|
|
|
|
by class {M} using
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(`otherhost.domain')
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The effect of this is that although mail to user@otherhost.domain
|
|
|
|
will not be delivered locally, any mail including any user@otherhost.domain
|
|
|
|
will, when relayed, be rewritten to have the MASQUERADE_AS address.
|
|
|
|
This can be a space-separated list of names.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If these names are in a file, you can use
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(`filename')
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
to read the list of names from the indicated file (i.e., to add
|
|
|
|
elements to class {M}).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To exempt hosts or subdomains from being masqueraded, you can use
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION(`host.domain')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This can come handy if you want to masquerade a whole domain
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
except for one (or a few) host(s). If these names are in a file,
|
|
|
|
you can use
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE(`filename')
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Normally only header addresses are masqueraded. If you want to
|
|
|
|
masquerade the envelope as well, use
|
|
|
|
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
FEATURE(`masquerade_envelope')
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There are always users that need to be "exposed" -- that is, their
|
|
|
|
internal site name should be displayed instead of the masquerade name.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
Root is an example (which has been "exposed" by default prior to 8.10).
|
|
|
|
You can add users to this list using
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
EXPOSED_USER(`usernames')
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
This adds users to class {E}; you could also use
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
EXPOSED_USER_FILE(`filename')
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can also arrange to relay all unqualified names (that is, names
|
|
|
|
without @host) to a relay host. For example, if you have a central
|
|
|
|
email server, you might relay to that host so that users don't have
|
|
|
|
to have .forward files or aliases. You can do this using
|
|
|
|
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
define(`LOCAL_RELAY', `mailer:hostname')
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ``mailer:'' can be omitted, in which case the mailer defaults to
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
"relay". There are some user names that you don't want relayed, perhaps
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
because of local aliases. A common example is root, which may be
|
|
|
|
locally aliased. You can add entries to this list using
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
LOCAL_USER(`usernames')
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
This adds users to class {L}; you could also use
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
LOCAL_USER_FILE(`filename')
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you want all incoming mail sent to a centralized hub, as for a
|
|
|
|
shared /var/spool/mail scheme, use
|
|
|
|
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
define(`MAIL_HUB', `mailer:hostname')
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
Again, ``mailer:'' defaults to "relay". If you define both LOCAL_RELAY
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
and MAIL_HUB _AND_ you have FEATURE(`stickyhost'), unqualified names will
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
be sent to the LOCAL_RELAY and other local names will be sent to MAIL_HUB.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
Note: there is a (long standing) bug which keeps this combination from
|
|
|
|
working for addresses of the form user+detail.
|
|
|
|
Names in class {L} will be delivered locally, so you MUST have aliases or
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.forward files for them.
|
|
|
|
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
For example, if you are on machine mastodon.CS.Berkeley.EDU and you have
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
FEATURE(`stickyhost'), the following combinations of settings will have the
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
indicated effects:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
email sent to.... eric eric@mastodon.CS.Berkeley.EDU
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LOCAL_RELAY set to mail.CS.Berkeley.EDU (delivered locally)
|
|
|
|
mail.CS.Berkeley.EDU (no local aliasing) (aliasing done)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MAIL_HUB set to mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
|
|
|
|
mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU (aliasing done) (aliasing done)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Both LOCAL_RELAY and mail.CS.Berkeley.EDU mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
|
|
|
|
MAIL_HUB set as above (no local aliasing) (aliasing done)
|
|
|
|
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
If you do not have FEATURE(`stickyhost') set, then LOCAL_RELAY and
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
MAIL_HUB act identically, with MAIL_HUB taking precedence.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you want all outgoing mail to go to a central relay site, define
|
|
|
|
SMART_HOST as well. Briefly:
|
|
|
|
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
LOCAL_RELAY applies to unqualified names (e.g., "eric").
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
MAIL_HUB applies to names qualified with the name of the
|
|
|
|
local host (e.g., "eric@mastodon.CS.Berkeley.EDU").
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
SMART_HOST applies to names qualified with other hosts or
|
|
|
|
bracketed addresses (e.g., "eric@mastodon.CS.Berkeley.EDU"
|
|
|
|
or "eric@[127.0.0.1]").
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
However, beware that other relays (e.g., UUCP_RELAY, BITNET_RELAY,
|
|
|
|
DECNET_RELAY, and FAX_RELAY) take precedence over SMART_HOST, so if you
|
|
|
|
really want absolutely everything to go to a single central site you will
|
|
|
|
need to unset all the other relays -- or better yet, find or build a
|
|
|
|
minimal config file that does this.
|
|
|
|
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
For duplicate suppression to work properly, the host name is best
|
|
|
|
specified with a terminal dot:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
define(`MAIL_HUB', `host.domain.')
|
|
|
|
note the trailing dot ---^
|
|
|
|
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
+-------------------------------------------+
|
|
|
|
| USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES |
|
|
|
|
+-------------------------------------------+
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LDAP can be used for aliases, maps, and classes by either specifying your
|
|
|
|
own LDAP map specification or using the built-in default LDAP map
|
|
|
|
specification. The built-in default specifications all provide lookups
|
|
|
|
which match against either the machine's fully qualified hostname (${j}) or
|
|
|
|
a "cluster". The cluster allows you to share LDAP entries among a large
|
|
|
|
number of machines without having to enter each of the machine names into
|
|
|
|
each LDAP entry. To set the LDAP cluster name to use for a particular
|
|
|
|
machine or set of machines, set the confLDAP_CLUSTER m4 variable to a
|
|
|
|
unique name. For example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
define(`confLDAP_CLUSTER', `Servers')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Here, the word `Servers' will be the cluster name. As an example, assume
|
|
|
|
that smtp.sendmail.org, etrn.sendmail.org, and mx.sendmail.org all belong
|
|
|
|
to the Servers cluster.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Some of the LDAP LDIF examples below show use of the Servers cluster.
|
|
|
|
Every entry must have either a sendmailMTAHost or sendmailMTACluster
|
|
|
|
attribute or it will be ignored. Be careful as mixing clusters and
|
|
|
|
individual host records can have surprising results (see the CAUTION
|
|
|
|
sections below).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See the file cf/sendmail.schema for the actual LDAP schemas. Note that
|
|
|
|
this schema (and therefore the lookups and examples below) is experimental
|
|
|
|
at this point as it has had little public review. Therefore, it may change
|
2006-03-22 16:40:03 +00:00
|
|
|
in future versions. Feedback via sendmail-YYYY@support.sendmail.org is
|
|
|
|
encouraged (replace YYYY with the current year, e.g., 2005).
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-------
|
|
|
|
Aliases
|
|
|
|
-------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ALIAS_FILE (O AliasFile) option can be set to use LDAP for alias
|
|
|
|
lookups. To use the default schema, simply use:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
define(`ALIAS_FILE', `ldap:')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By doing so, you will use the default schema which expands to a map
|
|
|
|
declared as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ldap -k (&(objectClass=sendmailMTAAliasObject)
|
|
|
|
(sendmailMTAAliasGrouping=aliases)
|
|
|
|
(|(sendmailMTACluster=${sendmailMTACluster})
|
|
|
|
(sendmailMTAHost=$j))
|
|
|
|
(sendmailMTAKey=%0))
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
-v sendmailMTAAliasValue,sendmailMTAAliasSearch:FILTER:sendmailMTAAliasObject,sendmailMTAAliasURL:URL:sendmailMTAAliasObject
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE: The macros shown above ${sendmailMTACluster} and $j are not actually
|
|
|
|
used when the binary expands the `ldap:' token as the AliasFile option is
|
|
|
|
not actually macro-expanded when read from the sendmail.cf file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example LDAP LDIF entries might be:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dn: sendmailMTAKey=sendmail-list, dc=sendmail, dc=org
|
|
|
|
objectClass: sendmailMTA
|
|
|
|
objectClass: sendmailMTAAlias
|
|
|
|
objectClass: sendmailMTAAliasObject
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTAAliasGrouping: aliases
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTAHost: etrn.sendmail.org
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTAKey: sendmail-list
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTAAliasValue: ca@example.org
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTAAliasValue: eric
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTAAliasValue: gshapiro@example.com
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dn: sendmailMTAKey=owner-sendmail-list, dc=sendmail, dc=org
|
|
|
|
objectClass: sendmailMTA
|
|
|
|
objectClass: sendmailMTAAlias
|
|
|
|
objectClass: sendmailMTAAliasObject
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTAAliasGrouping: aliases
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTAHost: etrn.sendmail.org
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTAKey: owner-sendmail-list
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTAAliasValue: eric
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dn: sendmailMTAKey=postmaster, dc=sendmail, dc=org
|
|
|
|
objectClass: sendmailMTA
|
|
|
|
objectClass: sendmailMTAAlias
|
|
|
|
objectClass: sendmailMTAAliasObject
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTAAliasGrouping: aliases
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTACluster: Servers
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTAKey: postmaster
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTAAliasValue: eric
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Here, the aliases sendmail-list and owner-sendmail-list will be available
|
|
|
|
only on etrn.sendmail.org but the postmaster alias will be available on
|
|
|
|
every machine in the Servers cluster (including etrn.sendmail.org).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CAUTION: aliases are additive so that entries like these:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dn: sendmailMTAKey=bob, dc=sendmail, dc=org
|
|
|
|
objectClass: sendmailMTA
|
|
|
|
objectClass: sendmailMTAAlias
|
|
|
|
objectClass: sendmailMTAAliasObject
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTAAliasGrouping: aliases
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTACluster: Servers
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTAKey: bob
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTAAliasValue: eric
|
|
|
|
|
2002-04-10 03:05:00 +00:00
|
|
|
dn: sendmailMTAKey=bobetrn, dc=sendmail, dc=org
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
objectClass: sendmailMTA
|
|
|
|
objectClass: sendmailMTAAlias
|
|
|
|
objectClass: sendmailMTAAliasObject
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTAAliasGrouping: aliases
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTAHost: etrn.sendmail.org
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTAKey: bob
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTAAliasValue: gshapiro
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
would mean that on all of the hosts in the cluster, mail to bob would go to
|
|
|
|
eric EXCEPT on etrn.sendmail.org in which case it would go to BOTH eric and
|
|
|
|
gshapiro.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you prefer not to use the default LDAP schema for your aliases, you can
|
|
|
|
specify the map parameters when setting ALIAS_FILE. For example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
define(`ALIAS_FILE', `ldap:-k (&(objectClass=mailGroup)(mail=%0)) -v mgrpRFC822MailMember')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
----
|
|
|
|
Maps
|
|
|
|
----
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FEATURE()'s which take an optional map definition argument (e.g., access,
|
|
|
|
mailertable, virtusertable, etc.) can instead take the special keyword
|
|
|
|
`LDAP', e.g.:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`access_db', `LDAP')
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`virtusertable', `LDAP')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When this keyword is given, that map will use LDAP lookups consisting of
|
|
|
|
the objectClass sendmailMTAClassObject, the attribute sendmailMTAMapName
|
|
|
|
with the map name, a search attribute of sendmailMTAKey, and the value
|
|
|
|
attribute sendmailMTAMapValue.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The values for sendmailMTAMapName are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FEATURE() sendmailMTAMapName
|
|
|
|
--------- ------------------
|
|
|
|
access_db access
|
|
|
|
authinfo authinfo
|
|
|
|
bitdomain bitdomain
|
|
|
|
domaintable domain
|
|
|
|
genericstable generics
|
|
|
|
mailertable mailer
|
|
|
|
uucpdomain uucpdomain
|
|
|
|
virtusertable virtuser
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example, FEATURE(`mailertable', `LDAP') would use the map definition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kmailertable ldap -k (&(objectClass=sendmailMTAMapObject)
|
|
|
|
(sendmailMTAMapName=mailer)
|
|
|
|
(|(sendmailMTACluster=${sendmailMTACluster})
|
|
|
|
(sendmailMTAHost=$j))
|
|
|
|
(sendmailMTAKey=%0))
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
-1 -v sendmailMTAMapValue,sendmailMTAMapSearch:FILTER:sendmailMTAMapObject,sendmailMTAMapURL:URL:sendmailMTAMapObject
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
An example LDAP LDIF entry using this map might be:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dn: sendmailMTAMapName=mailer, dc=sendmail, dc=org
|
|
|
|
objectClass: sendmailMTA
|
|
|
|
objectClass: sendmailMTAMap
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTACluster: Servers
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTAMapName: mailer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dn: sendmailMTAKey=example.com, sendmailMTAMapName=mailer, dc=sendmail, dc=org
|
|
|
|
objectClass: sendmailMTA
|
|
|
|
objectClass: sendmailMTAMap
|
|
|
|
objectClass: sendmailMTAMapObject
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTAMapName: mailer
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTACluster: Servers
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTAKey: example.com
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTAMapValue: relay:[smtp.example.com]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CAUTION: If your LDAP database contains the record above and *ALSO* a host
|
|
|
|
specific record such as:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dn: sendmailMTAKey=example.com@etrn, sendmailMTAMapName=mailer, dc=sendmail, dc=org
|
|
|
|
objectClass: sendmailMTA
|
|
|
|
objectClass: sendmailMTAMap
|
|
|
|
objectClass: sendmailMTAMapObject
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTAMapName: mailer
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTAHost: etrn.sendmail.org
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTAKey: example.com
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTAMapValue: relay:[mx.example.com]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
then these entries will give unexpected results. When the lookup is done
|
|
|
|
on etrn.sendmail.org, the effect is that there is *NO* match at all as maps
|
|
|
|
require a single match. Since the host etrn.sendmail.org is also in the
|
|
|
|
Servers cluster, LDAP would return two answers for the example.com map key
|
|
|
|
in which case sendmail would treat this as no match at all.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you prefer not to use the default LDAP schema for your maps, you can
|
|
|
|
specify the map parameters when using the FEATURE(). For example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`access_db', `ldap:-1 -k (&(objectClass=mapDatabase)(key=%0)) -v value')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-------
|
|
|
|
Classes
|
|
|
|
-------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Normally, classes can be filled via files or programs. As of 8.12, they
|
|
|
|
can also be filled via map lookups using a new syntax:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F{ClassName}mapkey@mapclass:mapspec
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mapkey is optional and if not provided the map key will be empty. This can
|
|
|
|
be used with LDAP to read classes from LDAP. Note that the lookup is only
|
|
|
|
done when sendmail is initially started. Use the special value `@LDAP' to
|
|
|
|
use the default LDAP schema. For example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(`@LDAP')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
would put all of the attribute sendmailMTAClassValue values of LDAP records
|
|
|
|
with objectClass sendmailMTAClass and an attribute sendmailMTAClassName of
|
|
|
|
'R' into class $={R}. In other words, it is equivalent to the LDAP map
|
|
|
|
specification:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F{R}@ldap:-k (&(objectClass=sendmailMTAClass)
|
|
|
|
(sendmailMTAClassName=R)
|
|
|
|
(|(sendmailMTACluster=${sendmailMTACluster})
|
|
|
|
(sendmailMTAHost=$j)))
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
-v sendmailMTAClassValue,sendmailMTAClassSearch:FILTER:sendmailMTAClass,sendmailMTAClassURL:URL:sendmailMTAClass
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE: The macros shown above ${sendmailMTACluster} and $j are not actually
|
|
|
|
used when the binary expands the `@LDAP' token as class declarations are
|
|
|
|
not actually macro-expanded when read from the sendmail.cf file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This can be used with class related commands such as RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(),
|
|
|
|
MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(), etc:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Command sendmailMTAClassName
|
|
|
|
------- --------------------
|
|
|
|
CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE() Canonify
|
|
|
|
EXPOSED_USER_FILE() E
|
|
|
|
GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE() G
|
|
|
|
LDAPROUTE_DOMAIN_FILE() LDAPRoute
|
|
|
|
LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE() LDAPRouteEquiv
|
|
|
|
LOCAL_USER_FILE() L
|
|
|
|
MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE() M
|
|
|
|
MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() N
|
|
|
|
RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE() R
|
|
|
|
VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() VirtHost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can also add your own as any 'F'ile class of the form:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F{ClassName}@LDAP
|
|
|
|
^^^^^^^^^
|
|
|
|
will use "ClassName" for the sendmailMTAClassName.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
An example LDAP LDIF entry would look like:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dn: sendmailMTAClassName=R, dc=sendmail, dc=org
|
|
|
|
objectClass: sendmailMTA
|
|
|
|
objectClass: sendmailMTAClass
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTACluster: Servers
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTAClassName: R
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTAClassValue: sendmail.org
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTAClassValue: example.com
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTAClassValue: 10.56.23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CAUTION: If your LDAP database contains the record above and *ALSO* a host
|
|
|
|
specific record such as:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dn: sendmailMTAClassName=R@etrn.sendmail.org, dc=sendmail, dc=org
|
|
|
|
objectClass: sendmailMTA
|
|
|
|
objectClass: sendmailMTAClass
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTAHost: etrn.sendmail.org
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTAClassName: R
|
|
|
|
sendmailMTAClassValue: example.com
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the result will be similar to the aliases caution above. When the lookup
|
|
|
|
is done on etrn.sendmail.org, $={R} would contain all of the entries (from
|
|
|
|
both the cluster match and the host match). In other words, the effective
|
|
|
|
is additive.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you prefer not to use the default LDAP schema for your classes, you can
|
|
|
|
specify the map parameters when using the class command. For example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE(`@ldap:-k (&(objectClass=virtHosts)(host=*)) -v host')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remember, macros can not be used in a class declaration as the binary does
|
|
|
|
not expand them.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
+--------------+
|
|
|
|
| LDAP ROUTING |
|
|
|
|
+--------------+
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`ldap_routing') can be used to implement the IETF Internet Draft
|
|
|
|
LDAP Schema for Intranet Mail Routing
|
|
|
|
(draft-lachman-laser-ldap-mail-routing-01). This feature enables
|
|
|
|
LDAP-based rerouting of a particular address to either a different host
|
|
|
|
or a different address. The LDAP lookup is first attempted on the full
|
|
|
|
address (e.g., user@example.com) and then on the domain portion
|
|
|
|
(e.g., @example.com). Be sure to setup your domain for LDAP routing using
|
|
|
|
LDAPROUTE_DOMAIN(), e.g.:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LDAPROUTE_DOMAIN(`example.com')
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
Additionally, you can specify equivalent domains for LDAP routing using
|
|
|
|
LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE(). 'Equivalent'
|
|
|
|
hostnames are mapped to $M (the masqueraded hostname for the server) before
|
|
|
|
the LDAP query. For example, if the mail is addressed to
|
|
|
|
user@host1.example.com, normally the LDAP lookup would only be done for
|
|
|
|
'user@host1.example.com' and '@host1.example.com'. However, if
|
|
|
|
LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT(`host1.example.com') is used, the lookups would also be
|
|
|
|
done on 'user@example.com' and '@example.com' after attempting the
|
|
|
|
host1.example.com lookups.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
By default, the feature will use the schemas as specified in the draft
|
|
|
|
and will not reject addresses not found by the LDAP lookup. However,
|
|
|
|
this behavior can be changed by giving additional arguments to the FEATURE()
|
|
|
|
command:
|
|
|
|
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
FEATURE(`ldap_routing', <mailHost>, <mailRoutingAddress>, <bounce>,
|
|
|
|
<detail>, <nodomain>, <tempfail>)
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-12-29 20:13:40 +00:00
|
|
|
where <mailHost> is a map definition describing how to look up an alternative
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
mail host for a particular address; <mailRoutingAddress> is a map definition
|
2012-12-29 20:13:40 +00:00
|
|
|
describing how to look up an alternative address for a particular address;
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
the <bounce> argument, if present and not the word "passthru", dictates
|
|
|
|
that mail should be bounced if neither a mailHost nor mailRoutingAddress
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
is found, if set to "sendertoo", the sender will be rejected if not
|
|
|
|
found in LDAP; and <detail> indicates what actions to take if the address
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
contains +detail information -- `strip' tries the lookup with the +detail
|
|
|
|
and if no matches are found, strips the +detail and tries the lookup again;
|
|
|
|
`preserve', does the same as `strip' but if a mailRoutingAddress match is
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
found, the +detail information is copied to the new address; the <nodomain>
|
|
|
|
argument, if present, will prevent the @domain lookup if the full
|
|
|
|
address is not found in LDAP; the <tempfail> argument, if set to
|
|
|
|
"tempfail", instructs the rules to give an SMTP 4XX temporary
|
|
|
|
error if the LDAP server gives the MTA a temporary failure, or if set to
|
|
|
|
"queue" (the default), the MTA will locally queue the mail.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The default <mailHost> map definition is:
|
|
|
|
|
2002-04-10 03:05:00 +00:00
|
|
|
ldap -1 -T<TMPF> -v mailHost -k (&(objectClass=inetLocalMailRecipient)
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
(mailLocalAddress=%0))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The default <mailRoutingAddress> map definition is:
|
|
|
|
|
2002-04-10 03:05:00 +00:00
|
|
|
ldap -1 -T<TMPF> -v mailRoutingAddress
|
|
|
|
-k (&(objectClass=inetLocalMailRecipient)
|
|
|
|
(mailLocalAddress=%0))
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that neither includes the LDAP server hostname (-h server) or base DN
|
|
|
|
(-b o=org,c=COUNTRY), both necessary for LDAP queries. It is presumed that
|
|
|
|
your .mc file contains a setting for the confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC option with
|
|
|
|
these settings. If this is not the case, the map definitions should be
|
2002-04-10 03:05:00 +00:00
|
|
|
changed as described above. The "-T<TMPF>" is required in any user
|
|
|
|
specified map definition to catch temporary errors.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following possibilities exist as a result of an LDAP lookup on an
|
|
|
|
address:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mailHost is mailRoutingAddress is Results in
|
|
|
|
----------- --------------------- ----------
|
|
|
|
set to a set mail delivered to
|
|
|
|
"local" host mailRoutingAddress
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
set to a not set delivered to
|
|
|
|
"local" host original address
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
set to a set mailRoutingAddress
|
|
|
|
remote host relayed to mailHost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
set to a not set original address
|
|
|
|
remote host relayed to mailHost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
not set set mail delivered to
|
|
|
|
mailRoutingAddress
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
not set not set delivered to
|
|
|
|
original address *OR*
|
|
|
|
bounced as unknown user
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
The term "local" host above means the host specified is in class {w}. If
|
|
|
|
the result would mean sending the mail to a different host, that host is
|
|
|
|
looked up in the mailertable before delivery.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
Note that the last case depends on whether the third argument is given
|
|
|
|
to the FEATURE() command. The default is to deliver the message to the
|
|
|
|
original address.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The LDAP entries should be set up with an objectClass of
|
|
|
|
inetLocalMailRecipient and the address be listed in a mailLocalAddress
|
|
|
|
attribute. If present, there must be only one mailHost attribute and it
|
|
|
|
must contain a fully qualified host name as its value. Similarly, if
|
|
|
|
present, there must be only one mailRoutingAddress attribute and it must
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
contain an RFC 822 compliant address. Some example LDAP records (in LDIF
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
format):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dn: uid=tom, o=example.com, c=US
|
|
|
|
objectClass: inetLocalMailRecipient
|
|
|
|
mailLocalAddress: tom@example.com
|
|
|
|
mailRoutingAddress: thomas@mailhost.example.com
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This would deliver mail for tom@example.com to thomas@mailhost.example.com.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dn: uid=dick, o=example.com, c=US
|
|
|
|
objectClass: inetLocalMailRecipient
|
|
|
|
mailLocalAddress: dick@example.com
|
|
|
|
mailHost: eng.example.com
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This would relay mail for dick@example.com to the same address but redirect
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
the mail to MX records listed for the host eng.example.com (unless the
|
|
|
|
mailertable overrides).
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dn: uid=harry, o=example.com, c=US
|
|
|
|
objectClass: inetLocalMailRecipient
|
|
|
|
mailLocalAddress: harry@example.com
|
|
|
|
mailHost: mktmail.example.com
|
|
|
|
mailRoutingAddress: harry@mkt.example.com
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This would relay mail for harry@example.com to the MX records listed for
|
|
|
|
the host mktmail.example.com using the new address harry@mkt.example.com
|
|
|
|
when talking to that host.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dn: uid=virtual.example.com, o=example.com, c=US
|
|
|
|
objectClass: inetLocalMailRecipient
|
|
|
|
mailLocalAddress: @virtual.example.com
|
|
|
|
mailHost: server.example.com
|
|
|
|
mailRoutingAddress: virtual@example.com
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This would send all mail destined for any username @virtual.example.com to
|
|
|
|
the machine server.example.com's MX servers and deliver to the address
|
|
|
|
virtual@example.com on that relay machine.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
+---------------------------------+
|
|
|
|
| ANTI-SPAM CONFIGURATION CONTROL |
|
|
|
|
+---------------------------------+
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The primary anti-spam features available in sendmail are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Relaying is denied by default.
|
|
|
|
* Better checking on sender information.
|
|
|
|
* Access database.
|
|
|
|
* Header checks.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
Relaying (transmission of messages from a site outside your host (class
|
|
|
|
{w}) to another site except yours) is denied by default. Note that this
|
|
|
|
changed in sendmail 8.9; previous versions allowed relaying by default.
|
|
|
|
If you really want to revert to the old behaviour, you will need to use
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`promiscuous_relay'). You can allow certain domains to relay
|
|
|
|
through your server by adding their domain name or IP address to class
|
|
|
|
{R} using RELAY_DOMAIN() and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE() or via the access database
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
(described below). Note that IPv6 addresses must be prefaced with "IPv6:".
|
|
|
|
The file consists (like any other file based class) of entries listed on
|
|
|
|
separate lines, e.g.,
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sendmail.org
|
|
|
|
128.32
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
IPv6:2002:c0a8:02c7
|
|
|
|
IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
host.mydomain.com
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
[UNIX:localhost]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notice: the last entry allows relaying for connections via a UNIX
|
|
|
|
socket to the MTA/MSP. This might be necessary if your configuration
|
|
|
|
doesn't allow relaying by other means in that case, e.g., by having
|
|
|
|
localhost.$m in class {R} (make sure $m is not just a top level
|
|
|
|
domain).
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you use
|
|
|
|
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
FEATURE(`relay_entire_domain')
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
then any host in any of your local domains (that is, class {m})
|
1999-01-12 12:26:57 +00:00
|
|
|
will be relayed (that is, you will accept mail either to or from any
|
|
|
|
host in your domain).
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can also allow relaying based on the MX records of the host
|
|
|
|
portion of an incoming recipient address by using
|
|
|
|
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX')
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example, if your server receives a recipient of user@domain.com
|
|
|
|
and domain.com lists your server in its MX records, the mail will be
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
accepted for relay to domain.com. This feature may cause problems
|
|
|
|
if MX lookups for the recipient domain are slow or time out. In that
|
|
|
|
case, mail will be temporarily rejected. It is usually better to
|
|
|
|
maintain a list of hosts/domains for which the server acts as relay.
|
|
|
|
Note also that this feature will stop spammers from using your host
|
|
|
|
to relay spam but it will not stop outsiders from using your server
|
|
|
|
as a relay for their site (that is, they set up an MX record pointing
|
|
|
|
to your mail server, and you will relay mail addressed to them
|
|
|
|
without any prior arrangement). Along the same lines,
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
FEATURE(`relay_local_from')
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
will allow relaying if the sender specifies a return path (i.e.
|
2006-03-22 16:40:03 +00:00
|
|
|
MAIL FROM:<user@domain>) domain which is a local domain. This is a
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
dangerous feature as it will allow spammers to spam using your mail
|
|
|
|
server by simply specifying a return address of user@your.domain.com.
|
|
|
|
It should not be used unless absolutely necessary.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
A slightly better solution is
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`relay_mail_from')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
which allows relaying if the mail sender is listed as RELAY in the
|
2003-02-08 20:31:29 +00:00
|
|
|
access map. If an optional argument `domain' (this is the literal
|
|
|
|
word `domain', not a placeholder) is given, the domain portion of
|
|
|
|
the mail sender is also checked to allowing relaying. This option
|
|
|
|
only works together with the tag From: for the LHS of the access
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
map entries. This feature allows spammers to abuse your mail server
|
|
|
|
by specifying a return address that you enabled in your access file.
|
|
|
|
This may be harder to figure out for spammers, but it should not
|
|
|
|
be used unless necessary. Instead use SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS to
|
|
|
|
allow relaying for roaming users.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
If source routing is used in the recipient address (e.g.,
|
2006-03-22 16:40:03 +00:00
|
|
|
RCPT TO:<user%site.com@othersite.com>), sendmail will check
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
user@site.com for relaying if othersite.com is an allowed relay host
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
in either class {R}, class {m} if FEATURE(`relay_entire_domain') is used,
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
or the access database if FEATURE(`access_db') is used. To prevent
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
the address from being stripped down, use:
|
|
|
|
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
FEATURE(`loose_relay_check')
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you think you need to use this feature, you probably do not. This
|
|
|
|
should only be used for sites which have no control over the addresses
|
|
|
|
that they provide a gateway for. Use this FEATURE with caution as it
|
|
|
|
can allow spammers to relay through your server if not setup properly.
|
|
|
|
|
2014-12-12 04:10:50 +00:00
|
|
|
NOTICE: It is possible to relay mail through a system which the
|
|
|
|
anti-relay rules do not prevent: the case of a system that does use
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`nouucp', `nospecial') / FEATURE(`nopercenthack', `nospecial')
|
|
|
|
(system A) and relays local messages to a mail hub (e.g., via
|
|
|
|
LOCAL_RELAY or LUSER_RELAY) (system B). If system B doesn't use the
|
|
|
|
same feature (nouucp / nopercenthack) at all, addresses of the form
|
|
|
|
<example.net!user@local.host> / <user%example.net@local.host>
|
|
|
|
would be relayed to <user@example.net>.
|
|
|
|
System A doesn't recognize `!' / `%' as an address separator and
|
|
|
|
therefore forwards it to the mail hub which in turns relays it
|
|
|
|
because it came from a trusted local host. So if a mailserver
|
|
|
|
allows UUCP (bang-format) / %-hack addresses, all systems from which
|
|
|
|
it allows relaying should do the same or reject those addresses.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
As of 8.9, sendmail will refuse mail if the MAIL FROM: parameter has
|
|
|
|
an unresolvable domain (i.e., one that DNS, your local name service,
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
or special case rules in ruleset 3 cannot locate). This also applies
|
|
|
|
to addresses that use domain literals, e.g., <user@[1.2.3.4]>, if the
|
|
|
|
IP address can't be mapped to a host name. If you want to continue
|
|
|
|
to accept such domains, e.g., because you are inside a firewall that
|
|
|
|
has only a limited view of the Internet host name space (note that you
|
|
|
|
will not be able to return mail to them unless you have some "smart
|
|
|
|
host" forwarder), use
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
FEATURE(`accept_unresolvable_domains')
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
Alternatively, you can allow specific addresses by adding them to
|
|
|
|
the access map, e.g.,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
From:unresolvable.domain OK
|
|
|
|
From:[1.2.3.4] OK
|
|
|
|
From:[1.2.4] OK
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notice: domains which are temporarily unresolvable are (temporarily)
|
|
|
|
rejected with a 451 reply code. If those domains should be accepted
|
|
|
|
(which is discouraged) then you can use
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LOCAL_CONFIG
|
|
|
|
C{ResOk}TEMP
|
|
|
|
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
sendmail will also refuse mail if the MAIL FROM: parameter is not
|
|
|
|
fully qualified (i.e., contains a domain as well as a user). If you
|
|
|
|
want to continue to accept such senders, use
|
|
|
|
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
FEATURE(`accept_unqualified_senders')
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
Setting the DaemonPortOptions modifier 'u' overrides the default behavior,
|
|
|
|
i.e., unqualified addresses are accepted even without this FEATURE. If
|
|
|
|
this FEATURE is not used, the DaemonPortOptions modifier 'f' can be used
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
to enforce fully qualified domain names.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
An ``access'' database can be created to accept or reject mail from
|
|
|
|
selected domains. For example, you may choose to reject all mail
|
|
|
|
originating from known spammers. To enable such a database, use
|
|
|
|
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
FEATURE(`access_db')
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
Notice: the access database is applied to the envelope addresses
|
|
|
|
and the connection information, not to the header.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The FEATURE macro can accept as second parameter the key file
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
definition for the database; for example
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
FEATURE(`access_db', `hash -T<TMPF> /etc/mail/access_map')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notice: If a second argument is specified it must contain the option
|
2007-04-09 01:38:51 +00:00
|
|
|
`-T<TMPF>' as shown above. The optional parameters may be
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`skip' enables SKIP as value part (see below).
|
|
|
|
`lookupdotdomain' another way to enable the feature of the
|
|
|
|
same name (see above).
|
|
|
|
`relaytofulladdress' enable entries of the form
|
|
|
|
To:user@example.com RELAY
|
|
|
|
to allow relaying to just a specific
|
|
|
|
e-mail address instead of an entire domain.
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-01-12 12:26:57 +00:00
|
|
|
Remember, since /etc/mail/access is a database, after creating the text
|
|
|
|
file as described below, you must use makemap to create the database
|
|
|
|
map. For example:
|
|
|
|
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
makemap hash /etc/mail/access < /etc/mail/access
|
1999-01-12 12:26:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
The table itself uses e-mail addresses, domain names, and network
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
numbers as keys. Note that IPv6 addresses must be prefaced with "IPv6:".
|
|
|
|
For example,
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
From:spammer@aol.com REJECT
|
|
|
|
From:cyberspammer.com REJECT
|
|
|
|
Connect:cyberspammer.com REJECT
|
|
|
|
Connect:TLD REJECT
|
|
|
|
Connect:192.168.212 REJECT
|
|
|
|
Connect:IPv6:2002:c0a8:02c7 RELAY
|
|
|
|
Connect:IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 REJECT
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
would refuse mail from spammer@aol.com, any user from cyberspammer.com
|
2002-04-10 03:05:00 +00:00
|
|
|
(or any host within the cyberspammer.com domain), any host in the entire
|
|
|
|
top level domain TLD, 192.168.212.* network, and the IPv6 address
|
|
|
|
2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4. It would allow relay for the IPv6 network
|
|
|
|
2002:c0a8:02c7::/48.
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
Entries in the access map should be tagged according to their type.
|
|
|
|
Three tags are available:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Connect: connection information (${client_addr}, ${client_name})
|
|
|
|
From: envelope sender
|
|
|
|
To: envelope recipient
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notice: untagged entries are deprecated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the required item is looked up in a map, it will be tried first
|
|
|
|
with the corresponding tag in front, then (as fallback to enable
|
|
|
|
backward compatibility) without any tag, unless the specific feature
|
|
|
|
requires a tag. For example,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
From:spammer@some.dom REJECT
|
|
|
|
To:friend.domain RELAY
|
|
|
|
Connect:friend.domain OK
|
|
|
|
Connect:from.domain RELAY
|
|
|
|
From:good@another.dom OK
|
|
|
|
From:another.dom REJECT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This would deny mails from spammer@some.dom but you could still
|
2020-07-14 21:40:53 +00:00
|
|
|
send mail to that address even if FEATURE(`blocklist_recipients')
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
is enabled. Your system will allow relaying to friend.domain, but
|
|
|
|
not from it (unless enabled by other means). Connections from that
|
|
|
|
domain will be allowed even if it ends up in one of the DNS based
|
|
|
|
rejection lists. Relaying is enabled from from.domain but not to
|
|
|
|
it (since relaying is based on the connection information for
|
|
|
|
outgoing relaying, the tag Connect: must be used; for incoming
|
|
|
|
relaying, which is based on the recipient address, To: must be
|
|
|
|
used). The last two entries allow mails from good@another.dom but
|
|
|
|
reject mail from all other addresses with another.dom as domain
|
|
|
|
part.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
The value part of the map can contain:
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
OK Accept mail even if other rules in the running
|
|
|
|
ruleset would reject it, for example, if the domain
|
|
|
|
name is unresolvable. "Accept" does not mean
|
|
|
|
"relay", but at most acceptance for local
|
|
|
|
recipients. That is, OK allows less than RELAY.
|
2007-04-09 01:38:51 +00:00
|
|
|
RELAY Accept mail addressed to the indicated domain
|
|
|
|
(or address if `relaytofulladdress' is set) or
|
1999-01-12 12:26:57 +00:00
|
|
|
received from the indicated domain for relaying
|
|
|
|
through your SMTP server. RELAY also serves as
|
|
|
|
an implicit OK for the other checks.
|
|
|
|
REJECT Reject the sender or recipient with a general
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
purpose message.
|
1999-01-12 12:26:57 +00:00
|
|
|
DISCARD Discard the message completely using the
|
2001-01-21 22:17:06 +00:00
|
|
|
$#discard mailer. If it is used in check_compat,
|
|
|
|
it affects only the designated recipient, not
|
|
|
|
the whole message as it does in all other cases.
|
|
|
|
This should only be used if really necessary.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
SKIP This can only be used for host/domain names
|
|
|
|
and IP addresses/nets. It will abort the current
|
|
|
|
search for this entry without accepting or rejecting
|
|
|
|
it but causing the default action.
|
2000-10-01 01:49:02 +00:00
|
|
|
### any text where ### is an RFC 821 compliant error code and
|
|
|
|
"any text" is a message to return for the command.
|
2006-03-22 16:40:03 +00:00
|
|
|
The entire string should be quoted to avoid
|
|
|
|
surprises:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
"### any text"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Otherwise sendmail formats the text as email
|
|
|
|
addresses, e.g., it may remove spaces.
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
This type is deprecated, use one of the two
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
ERROR: entries below instead.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
ERROR:### any text
|
|
|
|
as above, but useful to mark error messages as such.
|
2006-03-22 16:40:03 +00:00
|
|
|
If quotes need to be used to avoid modifications
|
|
|
|
(see above), they should be placed like this:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ERROR:"### any text"
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
ERROR:D.S.N:### any text
|
|
|
|
where D.S.N is an RFC 1893 compliant error code
|
2006-03-22 16:40:03 +00:00
|
|
|
and the rest as above. If quotes need to be used
|
|
|
|
to avoid modifications, they should be placed
|
|
|
|
like this:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ERROR:D.S.N:"### any text"
|
|
|
|
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
QUARANTINE:any text
|
|
|
|
Quarantine the message using the given text as the
|
|
|
|
quarantining reason.
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example:
|
|
|
|
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
From:cyberspammer.com ERROR:"550 We don't accept mail from spammers"
|
|
|
|
From:okay.cyberspammer.com OK
|
|
|
|
Connect:sendmail.org RELAY
|
|
|
|
To:sendmail.org RELAY
|
|
|
|
Connect:128.32 RELAY
|
|
|
|
Connect:128.32.2 SKIP
|
|
|
|
Connect:IPv6:1:2:3:4:5:6:7 RELAY
|
|
|
|
Connect:suspicious.example.com QUARANTINE:Mail from suspicious host
|
|
|
|
Connect:[127.0.0.3] OK
|
|
|
|
Connect:[IPv6:1:2:3:4:5:6:7:8] OK
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
would accept mail from okay.cyberspammer.com, but would reject mail
|
|
|
|
from all other hosts at cyberspammer.com with the indicated message.
|
|
|
|
It would allow relaying mail from and to any hosts in the sendmail.org
|
|
|
|
domain, and allow relaying from the IPv6 1:2:3:4:5:6:7:* network
|
|
|
|
and from the 128.32.*.* network except for the 128.32.2.* network,
|
|
|
|
which shows how SKIP is useful to exempt subnets/subdomains. The
|
|
|
|
last two entries are for checks against ${client_name} if the IP
|
|
|
|
address doesn't resolve to a hostname (or is considered as "may be
|
|
|
|
forged"). That is, using square brackets means these are host
|
|
|
|
names, not network numbers.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Warning: if you change the RFC 821 compliant error code from the default
|
|
|
|
value of 550, then you should probably also change the RFC 1893 compliant
|
|
|
|
error code to match it. For example, if you use
|
|
|
|
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
To:user@example.com ERROR:450 mailbox full
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
the error returned would be "450 5.0.0 mailbox full" which is wrong.
|
|
|
|
Use "ERROR:4.2.2:450 mailbox full" instead.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note, UUCP users may need to add hostname.UUCP to the access database
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
or class {R}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you also use:
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only')
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
then the above example will allow relaying for sendmail.org, but not
|
|
|
|
hosts within the sendmail.org domain. Note that this will also require
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
hosts listed in class {R} to be fully qualified host names.
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can also use the access database to block sender addresses based on
|
|
|
|
the username portion of the address. For example:
|
|
|
|
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
From:FREE.STEALTH.MAILER@ ERROR:550 Spam not accepted
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that you must include the @ after the username to signify that
|
|
|
|
this database entry is for checking only the username portion of the
|
|
|
|
sender address.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you use:
|
|
|
|
|
2020-07-14 21:40:53 +00:00
|
|
|
FEATURE(`blocklist_recipients')
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
then you can add entries to the map for local users, hosts in your
|
|
|
|
domains, or addresses in your domain which should not receive mail:
|
|
|
|
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
To:badlocaluser@ ERROR:550 Mailbox disabled for badlocaluser
|
|
|
|
To:host.my.TLD ERROR:550 That host does not accept mail
|
|
|
|
To:user@other.my.TLD ERROR:550 Mailbox disabled for this recipient
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
This would prevent a recipient of badlocaluser in any of the local
|
|
|
|
domains (class {w}), any user at host.my.TLD, and the single address
|
|
|
|
user@other.my.TLD from receiving mail. Please note: a local username
|
|
|
|
must be now tagged with an @ (this is consistent with the check of
|
|
|
|
the sender address, and hence it is possible to distinguish between
|
|
|
|
hostnames and usernames). Enabling this feature will keep you from
|
|
|
|
sending mails to all addresses that have an error message or REJECT
|
|
|
|
as value part in the access map. Taking the example from above:
|
1999-01-12 12:26:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
spammer@aol.com REJECT
|
|
|
|
cyberspammer.com REJECT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mail can't be sent to spammer@aol.com or anyone at cyberspammer.com.
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
That's why tagged entries should be used.
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-07-14 21:40:53 +00:00
|
|
|
There are several DNS based blocklists which can be found by
|
2006-06-14 16:23:02 +00:00
|
|
|
querying a search engine. These are databases of spammers
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
maintained in DNS. To use such a database, specify
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2006-06-14 16:23:02 +00:00
|
|
|
FEATURE(`dnsbl', `dnsbl.example.com')
|
2001-08-01 01:33:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2006-06-14 16:23:02 +00:00
|
|
|
This will cause sendmail to reject mail from any site listed in the
|
2020-07-14 21:40:53 +00:00
|
|
|
DNS based blocklist. You must select a DNS based blocklist domain
|
2006-06-14 16:23:02 +00:00
|
|
|
to check by specifying an argument to the FEATURE. The default
|
|
|
|
error message is
|
2001-08-01 01:33:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-06-26 02:48:44 +00:00
|
|
|
Rejected: IP-ADDRESS listed at SERVER
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
where IP-ADDRESS and SERVER are replaced by the appropriate
|
|
|
|
information. A second argument can be used to specify a different
|
2007-04-09 01:38:51 +00:00
|
|
|
text or action. For example,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`dnsbl', `dnsbl.example.com', `quarantine')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
would quarantine the message if the client IP address is listed
|
|
|
|
at `dnsbl.example.com'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By default, temporary lookup failures are ignored
|
|
|
|
and hence cause the connection not to be rejected by the DNS based
|
|
|
|
rejection list. This behavior can be changed by specifying a third
|
|
|
|
argument, which must be either `t' or a full error message. For
|
|
|
|
example:
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`dnsbl', `dnsbl.example.com', `',
|
|
|
|
`"451 Temporary lookup failure for " $&{client_addr} " in dnsbl.example.com"')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If `t' is used, the error message is:
|
2001-01-21 22:17:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
451 Temporary lookup failure of IP-ADDRESS at SERVER
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
where IP-ADDRESS and SERVER are replaced by the appropriate
|
|
|
|
information.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This FEATURE can be included several times to query different
|
2006-06-14 16:23:02 +00:00
|
|
|
DNS based rejection lists.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notice: to avoid checking your own local domains against those
|
2020-07-14 21:40:53 +00:00
|
|
|
blocklists, use the access_db feature and add:
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Connect:10.1 OK
|
|
|
|
Connect:127.0.0.1 RELAY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to the access map, where 10.1 is your local network. You may
|
|
|
|
want to use "RELAY" instead of "OK" to allow also relaying
|
2020-07-14 21:40:53 +00:00
|
|
|
instead of just disabling the DNS lookups in the blocklists.
|
2001-01-21 22:17:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The features described above make use of the check_relay, check_mail,
|
2003-02-08 20:31:29 +00:00
|
|
|
and check_rcpt rulesets. Note that check_relay checks the SMTP
|
|
|
|
client hostname and IP address when the connection is made to your
|
|
|
|
server. It does not check if a mail message is being relayed to
|
|
|
|
another server. That check is done in check_rcpt. If you wish to
|
|
|
|
include your own checks, you can put your checks in the rulesets
|
|
|
|
Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and Local_check_rcpt. For
|
|
|
|
example if you wanted to block senders with all numeric usernames
|
|
|
|
(i.e. 2312343@bigisp.com), you would use Local_check_mail and the
|
|
|
|
regex map:
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
LOCAL_CONFIG
|
|
|
|
Kallnumbers regex -a@MATCH ^[0-9]+$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LOCAL_RULESETS
|
|
|
|
SLocal_check_mail
|
|
|
|
# check address against various regex checks
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
R$* $: $>Parse0 $>3 $1
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
R$+ < @ bigisp.com. > $* $: $(allnumbers $1 $)
|
|
|
|
R@MATCH $#error $: 553 Header Error
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These rules are called with the original arguments of the corresponding
|
|
|
|
check_* ruleset. If the local ruleset returns $#OK, no further checking
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
is done by the features described above and the mail is accepted. If
|
|
|
|
the local ruleset resolves to a mailer (such as $#error or $#discard),
|
|
|
|
the appropriate action is taken. Other results starting with $# are
|
|
|
|
interpreted by sendmail and may lead to unspecified behavior. Note: do
|
|
|
|
NOT create a mailer with the name OK. Return values that do not start
|
|
|
|
with $# are ignored, i.e., normal processing continues.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Delay all checks
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
----------------
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By using FEATURE(`delay_checks') the rulesets check_mail and check_relay
|
|
|
|
will not be called when a client connects or issues a MAIL command,
|
|
|
|
respectively. Instead, those rulesets will be called by the check_rcpt
|
|
|
|
ruleset; they will be skipped if a sender has been authenticated using
|
|
|
|
a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH().
|
|
|
|
If check_mail returns an error then the RCPT TO command will be rejected
|
|
|
|
with that error. If it returns some other result starting with $# then
|
|
|
|
check_relay will be skipped. If the sender address (or a part of it) is
|
|
|
|
listed in the access map and it has a RHS of OK or RELAY, then check_relay
|
|
|
|
will be skipped. This has an interesting side effect: if your domain is
|
|
|
|
my.domain and you have
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
my.domain RELAY
|
|
|
|
|
2004-02-14 21:53:31 +00:00
|
|
|
in the access map, then any e-mail with a sender address of
|
|
|
|
<user@my.domain> will not be rejected by check_relay even though
|
|
|
|
it would match the hostname or IP address. This allows spammers
|
2020-07-14 21:40:53 +00:00
|
|
|
to get around DNS based blocklist by faking the sender address. To
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
avoid this problem you have to use tagged entries:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To:my.domain RELAY
|
|
|
|
Connect:my.domain RELAY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if you need those entries at all (class {R} may take care of them).
|
2001-02-28 00:19:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
FEATURE(`delay_checks') can take an optional argument:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`delay_checks', `friend')
|
|
|
|
enables spamfriend test
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`delay_checks', `hater')
|
|
|
|
enables spamhater test
|
|
|
|
|
2002-04-10 03:05:00 +00:00
|
|
|
If such an argument is given, the recipient will be looked up in the
|
|
|
|
access map (using the tag Spam:). If the argument is `friend', then
|
|
|
|
the default behavior is to apply the other rulesets and make a SPAM
|
|
|
|
friend the exception. The rulesets check_mail and check_relay will be
|
|
|
|
skipped only if the recipient address is found and has RHS FRIEND. If
|
|
|
|
the argument is `hater', then the default behavior is to skip the rulesets
|
|
|
|
check_mail and check_relay and make a SPAM hater the exception. The
|
|
|
|
other two rulesets will be applied only if the recipient address is
|
|
|
|
found and has RHS HATER.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This allows for simple exceptions from the tests, e.g., by activating
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
the friend option and having
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
Spam:abuse@ FRIEND
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2003-02-08 20:31:29 +00:00
|
|
|
in the access map, mail to abuse@localdomain will get through (where
|
|
|
|
"localdomain" is any domain in class {w}). It is also possible to
|
|
|
|
specify a full address or an address with +detail:
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
Spam:abuse@my.domain FRIEND
|
|
|
|
Spam:me+abuse@ FRIEND
|
|
|
|
Spam:spam.domain FRIEND
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
Note: The required tag has been changed in 8.12 from To: to Spam:.
|
|
|
|
This change is incompatible to previous versions. However, you can
|
|
|
|
(for now) simply add the new entries to the access map, the old
|
|
|
|
ones will be ignored. As soon as you removed the old entries from
|
|
|
|
the access map, specify a third parameter (`n') to this feature and
|
|
|
|
the backward compatibility rules will not be in the generated .cf
|
|
|
|
file.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Header Checks
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
-------------
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can also reject mail on the basis of the contents of headers.
|
|
|
|
This is done by adding a ruleset call to the 'H' header definition command
|
|
|
|
in sendmail.cf. For example, this can be used to check the validity of
|
|
|
|
a Message-ID: header:
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-08 20:31:29 +00:00
|
|
|
LOCAL_CONFIG
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
HMessage-Id: $>CheckMessageId
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-08 20:31:29 +00:00
|
|
|
LOCAL_RULESETS
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
SCheckMessageId
|
|
|
|
R< $+ @ $+ > $@ OK
|
|
|
|
R$* $#error $: 553 Header Error
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
The alternative format:
|
1999-01-12 12:26:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
HSubject: $>+CheckSubject
|
1999-01-12 12:26:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
that is, $>+ instead of $>, gives the full Subject: header including
|
|
|
|
comments to the ruleset (comments in parentheses () are stripped
|
|
|
|
by default).
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
A default ruleset for headers which don't have a specific ruleset
|
|
|
|
defined for them can be given by:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
H*: $>CheckHdr
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
Notice:
|
|
|
|
1. All rules act on tokens as explained in doc/op/op.{me,ps,txt}.
|
2001-02-28 00:19:57 +00:00
|
|
|
That may cause problems with simple header checks due to the
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
tokenization. It might be simpler to use a regex map and apply it
|
2001-02-28 00:19:57 +00:00
|
|
|
to $&{currHeader}.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
2. There are no default rulesets coming with this distribution of
|
2006-03-22 16:40:03 +00:00
|
|
|
sendmail. You can write your own, can search the WWW for examples,
|
|
|
|
or take a look at cf/cf/knecht.mc.
|
|
|
|
3. When using a default ruleset for headers, the name of the header
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
currently being checked can be found in the $&{hdr_name} macro.
|
2001-02-28 00:19:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
After all of the headers are read, the check_eoh ruleset will be called for
|
|
|
|
any final header-related checks. The ruleset is called with the number of
|
|
|
|
headers and the size of all of the headers in bytes separated by $|. One
|
|
|
|
example usage is to reject messages which do not have a Message-Id:
|
|
|
|
header. However, the Message-Id: header is *NOT* a required header and is
|
|
|
|
not a guaranteed spam indicator. This ruleset is an example and should
|
|
|
|
probably not be used in production.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LOCAL_CONFIG
|
|
|
|
Kstorage macro
|
|
|
|
HMessage-Id: $>CheckMessageId
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-08 20:31:29 +00:00
|
|
|
LOCAL_RULESETS
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
SCheckMessageId
|
|
|
|
# Record the presence of the header
|
|
|
|
R$* $: $(storage {MessageIdCheck} $@ OK $) $1
|
|
|
|
R< $+ @ $+ > $@ OK
|
|
|
|
R$* $#error $: 553 Header Error
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scheck_eoh
|
|
|
|
# Check the macro
|
|
|
|
R$* $: < $&{MessageIdCheck} >
|
|
|
|
# Clear the macro for the next message
|
|
|
|
R$* $: $(storage {MessageIdCheck} $) $1
|
|
|
|
# Has a Message-Id: header
|
|
|
|
R< $+ > $@ OK
|
|
|
|
# Allow missing Message-Id: from local mail
|
|
|
|
R$* $: < $&{client_name} >
|
|
|
|
R< > $@ OK
|
|
|
|
R< $=w > $@ OK
|
|
|
|
# Otherwise, reject the mail
|
|
|
|
R$* $#error $: 553 Header Error
|
|
|
|
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+--------------------+
|
|
|
|
| CONNECTION CONTROL |
|
|
|
|
+--------------------+
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The features ratecontrol and conncontrol allow to establish connection
|
|
|
|
limits per client IP address or net. These features can limit the
|
|
|
|
rate of connections (connections per time unit) or the number of
|
|
|
|
incoming SMTP connections, respectively. If enabled, appropriate
|
|
|
|
rulesets are called at the end of check_relay, i.e., after DNS
|
2020-07-14 21:40:53 +00:00
|
|
|
blocklists and generic access_db operations. The features require
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
FEATURE(`access_db') to be listed earlier in the mc file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays those connection control checks
|
|
|
|
after a recipient address has been received, hence making these
|
|
|
|
connection control features less useful. To run the checks as early
|
|
|
|
as possible, specify the parameter `nodelay', e.g.,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`ratecontrol', `nodelay')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In that case, FEATURE(`delay_checks') has no effect on connection
|
|
|
|
control (and it must be specified earlier in the mc file).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
An optional second argument `terminate' specifies whether the
|
|
|
|
rulesets should return the error code 421 which will cause
|
|
|
|
sendmail to terminate the session with that error if it is
|
|
|
|
returned from check_relay, i.e., not delayed as explained in
|
|
|
|
the previous paragraph. Example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`ratecontrol', `nodelay', `terminate')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-10-01 01:49:02 +00:00
|
|
|
+----------+
|
|
|
|
| STARTTLS |
|
|
|
|
+----------+
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-06-07 04:14:59 +00:00
|
|
|
In this text, cert will be used as an abbreviation for X.509 certificate,
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
DN (CN) is the distinguished (common) name of a cert, and CA is a
|
|
|
|
certification authority, which signs (issues) certs.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-08-01 01:33:27 +00:00
|
|
|
For STARTTLS to be offered by sendmail you need to set at least
|
2005-06-07 04:14:59 +00:00
|
|
|
these variables (the file names and paths are just examples):
|
2001-08-01 01:33:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
define(`confCACERT_PATH', `/etc/mail/certs/')
|
|
|
|
define(`confCACERT', `/etc/mail/certs/CA.cert.pem')
|
|
|
|
define(`confSERVER_CERT', `/etc/mail/certs/my.cert.pem')
|
|
|
|
define(`confSERVER_KEY', `/etc/mail/certs/my.key.pem')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On systems which do not have the compile flag HASURANDOM set (see
|
|
|
|
sendmail/README) you also must set confRAND_FILE.
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
See doc/op/op.{me,ps,txt} for more information about these options,
|
|
|
|
especially the sections ``Certificates for STARTTLS'' and ``PRNG for
|
2001-08-01 01:33:27 +00:00
|
|
|
STARTTLS''.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
Macros related to STARTTLS are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
${cert_issuer} holds the DN of the CA (the cert issuer).
|
|
|
|
${cert_subject} holds the DN of the cert (called the cert subject).
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
${cn_issuer} holds the CN of the CA (the cert issuer).
|
|
|
|
${cn_subject} holds the CN of the cert (called the cert subject).
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
${tls_version} the TLS/SSL version used for the connection, e.g., TLSv1,
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
TLSv1/SSLv3, SSLv3, SSLv2.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
${cipher} the cipher used for the connection, e.g., EDH-DSS-DES-CBC3-SHA,
|
|
|
|
EDH-RSA-DES-CBC-SHA, DES-CBC-MD5, DES-CBC3-SHA.
|
|
|
|
${cipher_bits} the keylength (in bits) of the symmetric encryption algorithm
|
|
|
|
used for the connection.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
${verify} holds the result of the verification of the presented cert.
|
|
|
|
Possible values are:
|
|
|
|
OK verification succeeded.
|
|
|
|
NO no cert presented.
|
|
|
|
NOT no cert requested.
|
|
|
|
FAIL cert presented but could not be verified,
|
|
|
|
e.g., the cert of the signing CA is missing.
|
|
|
|
NONE STARTTLS has not been performed.
|
|
|
|
TEMP temporary error occurred.
|
|
|
|
PROTOCOL protocol error occurred (SMTP level).
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
SOFTWARE STARTTLS handshake failed.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
${server_name} the name of the server of the current outgoing SMTP
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
connection.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
${server_addr} the address of the server of the current outgoing SMTP
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
connection.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Relaying
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
--------
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2003-02-08 20:31:29 +00:00
|
|
|
SMTP STARTTLS can allow relaying for remote SMTP clients which have
|
2003-09-19 23:11:30 +00:00
|
|
|
successfully authenticated themselves. If the verification of the cert
|
|
|
|
failed (${verify} != OK), relaying is subject to the usual rules.
|
|
|
|
Otherwise the DN of the issuer is looked up in the access map using the
|
|
|
|
tag CERTISSUER. If the resulting value is RELAY, relaying is allowed.
|
|
|
|
If it is SUBJECT, the DN of the cert subject is looked up next in the
|
|
|
|
access map using the tag CERTSUBJECT. If the value is RELAY, relaying
|
|
|
|
is allowed.
|
2003-02-08 20:31:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
To make things a bit more flexible (or complicated), the values for
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
${cert_issuer} and ${cert_subject} can be optionally modified by regular
|
|
|
|
expressions defined in the m4 variables _CERT_REGEX_ISSUER_ and
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
_CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_, respectively. To avoid problems with those macros in
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
rulesets and map lookups, they are modified as follows: each non-printable
|
2003-02-08 20:31:29 +00:00
|
|
|
character and the characters '<', '>', '(', ')', '"', '+', ' ' are replaced
|
|
|
|
by their HEX value with a leading '+'. For example:
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-07-14 21:40:53 +00:00
|
|
|
/C=US/ST=California/O=endmail.org/OU=private/CN=Darth Mail (Cert)/emailAddress=
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
darth+cert@endmail.org
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
is encoded as:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/C=US/ST=California/O=endmail.org/OU=private/CN=
|
2020-07-14 21:40:53 +00:00
|
|
|
Darth+20Mail+20+28Cert+29/emailAddress=darth+2Bcert@endmail.org
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(line breaks have been inserted for readability).
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-08 20:31:29 +00:00
|
|
|
The macros which are subject to this encoding are ${cert_subject},
|
|
|
|
${cert_issuer}, ${cn_subject}, and ${cn_issuer}.
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To allow relaying for everyone who can present a cert signed by
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/C=US/ST=California/O=endmail.org/OU=private/CN=
|
2020-07-14 21:40:53 +00:00
|
|
|
Darth+20Mail+20+28Cert+29/emailAddress=darth+2Bcert@endmail.org
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
simply use:
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-08 20:31:29 +00:00
|
|
|
CertIssuer:/C=US/ST=California/O=endmail.org/OU=private/CN=
|
2020-07-14 21:40:53 +00:00
|
|
|
Darth+20Mail+20+28Cert+29/emailAddress=darth+2Bcert@endmail.org RELAY
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To allow relaying only for a subset of machines that have a cert signed by
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/C=US/ST=California/O=endmail.org/OU=private/CN=
|
2020-07-14 21:40:53 +00:00
|
|
|
Darth+20Mail+20+28Cert+29/emailAddress=darth+2Bcert@endmail.org
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
use:
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-08 20:31:29 +00:00
|
|
|
CertIssuer:/C=US/ST=California/O=endmail.org/OU=private/CN=
|
2020-07-14 21:40:53 +00:00
|
|
|
Darth+20Mail+20+28Cert+29/emailAddress=darth+2Bcert@endmail.org SUBJECT
|
2003-02-08 20:31:29 +00:00
|
|
|
CertSubject:/C=US/ST=California/O=endmail.org/OU=private/CN=
|
2020-07-14 21:40:53 +00:00
|
|
|
DeathStar/emailAddress=deathstar@endmail.org RELAY
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-07-14 21:40:53 +00:00
|
|
|
Note: line breaks have been inserted after "CN=" for readability,
|
|
|
|
each tagged entry must be one (long) line in the access map.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of course it is also possible to write a simple ruleset that allows
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
relaying for everyone who can present a cert that can be verified, e.g.,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LOCAL_RULESETS
|
|
|
|
SLocal_check_rcpt
|
|
|
|
R$* $: $&{verify}
|
|
|
|
ROK $# OK
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowing Connections
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
--------------------
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
The rulesets tls_server, tls_client, and tls_rcpt are used to decide whether
|
|
|
|
an SMTP connection is accepted (or should continue).
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tls_server is called when sendmail acts as client after a STARTTLS command
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
(should) have been issued. The parameter is the value of ${verify}.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tls_client is called when sendmail acts as server, after a STARTTLS command
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
has been issued, and from check_mail. The parameter is the value of
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
${verify} and STARTTLS or MAIL, respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
Both rulesets behave the same. If no access map is in use, the connection
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
will be accepted unless ${verify} is SOFTWARE, in which case the connection
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
is always aborted. For tls_server/tls_client, ${client_name}/${server_name}
|
|
|
|
is looked up in the access map using the tag TLS_Srv/TLS_Clt, which is done
|
|
|
|
with the ruleset LookUpDomain. If no entry is found, ${client_addr}
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
(${server_addr}) is looked up in the access map (same tag, ruleset
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
LookUpAddr). If this doesn't result in an entry either, just the tag is
|
|
|
|
looked up in the access map (included the trailing colon). Notice:
|
|
|
|
requiring that e-mail is sent to a server only encrypted, e.g., via
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TLS_Srv:secure.domain ENCR:112
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
doesn't necessarily mean that e-mail sent to that domain is encrypted.
|
|
|
|
If the domain has multiple MX servers, e.g.,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
secure.domain. IN MX 10 mail.secure.domain.
|
|
|
|
secure.domain. IN MX 50 mail.other.domain.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
then mail to user@secure.domain may go unencrypted to mail.other.domain.
|
|
|
|
tls_rcpt can be used to address this problem.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tls_rcpt is called before a RCPT TO: command is sent. The parameter is the
|
|
|
|
current recipient. This ruleset is only defined if FEATURE(`access_db')
|
|
|
|
is selected. A recipient address user@domain is looked up in the access
|
|
|
|
map in four formats: TLS_Rcpt:user@domain, TLS_Rcpt:user@, TLS_Rcpt:domain,
|
|
|
|
and TLS_Rcpt:; the first match is taken.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The result of the lookups is then used to call the ruleset TLS_connection,
|
|
|
|
which checks the requirement specified by the RHS in the access map against
|
|
|
|
the actual parameters of the current TLS connection, esp. ${verify} and
|
|
|
|
${cipher_bits}. Legal RHSs in the access map are:
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VERIFY verification must have succeeded
|
|
|
|
VERIFY:bits verification must have succeeded and ${cipher_bits} must
|
|
|
|
be greater than or equal bits.
|
|
|
|
ENCR:bits ${cipher_bits} must be greater than or equal bits.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The RHS can optionally be prefixed by TEMP+ or PERM+ to select a temporary
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
or permanent error. The default is a temporary error code (403 4.7.0)
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
unless the macro TLS_PERM_ERR is set during generation of the .cf file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If a certain level of encryption is required, then it might also be
|
|
|
|
possible that this level is provided by the security layer from a SASL
|
|
|
|
algorithm, e.g., DIGEST-MD5.
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
Furthermore, there can be a list of extensions added. Such a list
|
|
|
|
starts with '+' and the items are separated by '++'. Allowed
|
|
|
|
extensions are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CN:name name must match ${cn_subject}
|
2010-01-26 04:17:18 +00:00
|
|
|
CN ${client_name}/${server_name} must match ${cn_subject}
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
CS:name name must match ${cert_subject}
|
|
|
|
CI:name name must match ${cert_issuer}
|
2020-07-14 21:40:53 +00:00
|
|
|
CITag:MYTag look up MYTag:${cert_issuer} in access map; the check
|
|
|
|
only succeeds if it is found with a RHS of OK.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-08-21 01:31:44 +00:00
|
|
|
Example: e-mail sent to secure.example.com should only use an encrypted
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
connection. E-mail received from hosts within the laptop.example.com domain
|
|
|
|
should only be accepted if they have been authenticated. The host which
|
|
|
|
receives e-mail for darth@endmail.org must present a cert that uses the
|
2020-07-14 21:40:53 +00:00
|
|
|
CN smtp.endmail.org. E-mail sent to safe.example.com must be verified,
|
|
|
|
have a matching CN, and must present a cert signed by a CA with one of
|
|
|
|
the listed DNs.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-07-14 21:40:53 +00:00
|
|
|
TLS_Srv:secure.example.com ENCR:112
|
|
|
|
TLS_Clt:laptop.example.com PERM+VERIFY:112
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
TLS_Rcpt:darth@endmail.org ENCR:112+CN:smtp.endmail.org
|
2020-07-14 21:40:53 +00:00
|
|
|
TLS_Srv:safe.example.net VERIFY+CN++CITag:MyCA
|
|
|
|
MyCA:/C=US/ST=CA/O=safe/CN=example.net/ OK
|
|
|
|
MyCA:/C=US/ST=CA/O=secure/CN=example.net/ OK
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-02-28 00:19:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-06 04:29:34 +00:00
|
|
|
TLS Options per Session
|
|
|
|
-----------------------
|
2001-02-28 00:19:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
By default STARTTLS is used whenever possible. However, there are
|
2015-07-06 04:29:34 +00:00
|
|
|
MTAs with STARTTLS interoperability issues. To be able to send to
|
|
|
|
(or receive from) those MTAs several features are available:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1) Various TLS options be be set per IP/domain.
|
|
|
|
2) STARTTLS can be turned off for specific IP addresses/domains.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
About 1): the rulesets tls_srv_features and tls_clt_features can
|
|
|
|
be used to return a (semicolon separated) list of TLS related
|
|
|
|
options:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Options: compare {Server,Client}SSLOptions.
|
|
|
|
- CipherList: same as the global option.
|
|
|
|
- CertFile, KeyFile: {Server,Client}{Cert,Key}File
|
2020-07-14 21:40:53 +00:00
|
|
|
- Flags: see doc/op/op.me for details.
|
2015-07-06 04:29:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If FEATURE(`tls_session_features') is used, then default rulesets
|
|
|
|
are activated which look up entries in the access map with the tags
|
|
|
|
TLS_Srv_features and TLS_Clt_features, respectively.
|
|
|
|
For example, these entries:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TLS_Srv_features:10.0.2.4 CipherList=MEDIUM+aRSA;
|
|
|
|
TLS_Clt_features:10.1.0.1 Options=SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_2; CipherList=ALL:-EXPORT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
specify a cipherlist with MEDIUM strength ciphers that use RSA
|
|
|
|
certificates only for the client with the IP address 10.0.2.4,
|
|
|
|
and turn off TLSv1.2 when connecting to the server with the IP
|
|
|
|
address 10.1.0.1 as well as setting a specific cipherlist.
|
|
|
|
If FEATURE(`tls_session_features') is not used the user can provide
|
|
|
|
their own rulesets which must return the appropriate data.
|
|
|
|
If the rulesets are not defined or do not return a value, the
|
|
|
|
default TLS options are not modified.
|
|
|
|
|
2020-07-14 21:40:53 +00:00
|
|
|
About 2): the ruleset try_tls (srv_features) can be used together
|
|
|
|
with the access map. Entries for the access map must be tagged
|
|
|
|
with Try_TLS (Srv_Features) and refer to the hostname or IP address
|
|
|
|
of the connecting system. A default case can be specified by using
|
|
|
|
just the tag. For example, the following entries in the access map:
|
2001-02-28 00:19:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
Try_TLS:broken.server NO
|
|
|
|
Srv_Features:my.domain v
|
|
|
|
Srv_Features: V
|
2001-02-28 00:19:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
will turn off STARTTLS when sending to broken.server (or any host
|
|
|
|
in that domain), and request a client certificate during the TLS
|
|
|
|
handshake only for hosts in my.domain. The valid entries on the RHS
|
|
|
|
for Srv_Features are listed in the Sendmail Installation and
|
|
|
|
Operations Guide.
|
2001-02-28 00:19:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
Received: Header
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
----------------
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
The Received: header reveals whether STARTTLS has been used. It contains an
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
extra line:
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
(version=${tls_version} cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-10-01 01:49:02 +00:00
|
|
|
+---------------------+
|
|
|
|
| SMTP AUTHENTICATION |
|
|
|
|
+---------------------+
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The macros ${auth_authen}, ${auth_author}, and ${auth_type} can be
|
|
|
|
used in anti-relay rulesets to allow relaying for those users that
|
|
|
|
authenticated themselves. A very simple example is:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SLocal_check_rcpt
|
|
|
|
R$* $: $&{auth_type}
|
|
|
|
R$+ $# OK
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
which checks whether a user has successfully authenticated using
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
any available mechanism. Depending on the setup of the Cyrus SASL
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
library, more sophisticated rulesets might be required, e.g.,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SLocal_check_rcpt
|
|
|
|
R$* $: $&{auth_type} $| $&{auth_authen}
|
|
|
|
RDIGEST-MD5 $| $+@$=w $# OK
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to allow relaying for users that authenticated using DIGEST-MD5
|
|
|
|
and have an identity in the local domains.
|
1999-01-12 12:26:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
The ruleset trust_auth is used to determine whether a given AUTH=
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
parameter (that is passed to this ruleset) should be trusted. This
|
|
|
|
ruleset may make use of the other ${auth_*} macros. Only if the
|
|
|
|
ruleset resolves to the error mailer, the AUTH= parameter is not
|
|
|
|
trusted. A user supplied ruleset Local_trust_auth can be written
|
|
|
|
to modify the default behavior, which only trust the AUTH=
|
|
|
|
parameter if it is identical to the authenticated user.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per default, relaying is allowed for any user who authenticated
|
|
|
|
via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that is defined via
|
|
|
|
TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms')
|
2001-01-21 22:17:06 +00:00
|
|
|
For example:
|
|
|
|
TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`KERBEROS_V4 DIGEST-MD5')
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the selected mechanism provides a security layer the number of
|
|
|
|
bits used for the key of the symmetric cipher is stored in the
|
|
|
|
macro ${auth_ssf}.
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client
|
|
|
|
-----------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
If sendmail acts as client, it needs some information how to
|
|
|
|
authenticate against another MTA. This information can be provided
|
|
|
|
by the ruleset authinfo or by the option DefaultAuthInfo. The
|
|
|
|
authinfo ruleset looks up {server_name} using the tag AuthInfo: in
|
|
|
|
the access map. If no entry is found, {server_addr} is looked up
|
|
|
|
in the same way and finally just the tag AuthInfo: to provide
|
2003-03-03 17:09:13 +00:00
|
|
|
default values. Note: searches for domain parts or IP nets are
|
|
|
|
only performed if the access map is used; if the authinfo feature
|
|
|
|
is used then only up to three lookups are performed (two exact
|
|
|
|
matches, one default).
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
Note: If your daemon does client authentication when sending, and
|
|
|
|
if it uses either PLAIN or LOGIN authentication, then you *must*
|
|
|
|
prevent ordinary users from seeing verbose output. Do NOT install
|
|
|
|
sendmail set-user-ID. Use PrivacyOptions to turn off verbose output
|
|
|
|
("goaway" works for this).
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
Notice: the default configuration file causes the option DefaultAuthInfo
|
|
|
|
to fail since the ruleset authinfo is in the .cf file. If you really
|
|
|
|
want to use DefaultAuthInfo (it is deprecated) then you have to
|
|
|
|
remove the ruleset.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The RHS for an AuthInfo: entry in the access map should consists of a
|
|
|
|
list of tokens, each of which has the form: "TDstring" (including
|
|
|
|
the quotes). T is a tag which describes the item, D is a delimiter,
|
|
|
|
either ':' for simple text or '=' for a base64 encoded string.
|
|
|
|
Valid values for the tag are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U user (authorization) id
|
|
|
|
I authentication id
|
|
|
|
P password
|
|
|
|
R realm
|
|
|
|
M list of mechanisms delimited by spaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example entries are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AuthInfo:other.dom "U:user" "I:user" "P:secret" "R:other.dom" "M:DIGEST-MD5"
|
2003-03-03 17:09:13 +00:00
|
|
|
AuthInfo:host.more.dom "U:user" "P=c2VjcmV0"
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-03 17:09:13 +00:00
|
|
|
User id or authentication id must exist as well as the password. All
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
other entries have default values. If one of user or authentication
|
|
|
|
id is missing, the existing value is used for the missing item.
|
|
|
|
If "R:" is not specified, realm defaults to $j. The list of mechanisms
|
|
|
|
defaults to those specified by AuthMechanisms.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Since this map contains sensitive information, either the access
|
|
|
|
map must be unreadable by everyone but root (or the trusted user)
|
|
|
|
or FEATURE(`authinfo') must be used which provides a separate map.
|
|
|
|
Notice: It is not checked whether the map is actually
|
|
|
|
group/world-unreadable, this is left to the user.
|
|
|
|
|
1997-06-27 14:53:01 +00:00
|
|
|
+--------------------------------+
|
|
|
|
| ADDING NEW MAILERS OR RULESETS |
|
|
|
|
+--------------------------------+
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sometimes you may need to add entirely new mailers or rulesets. They
|
|
|
|
should be introduced with the constructs MAILER_DEFINITIONS and
|
|
|
|
LOCAL_RULESETS respectively. For example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MAILER_DEFINITIONS
|
|
|
|
Mmymailer, ...
|
|
|
|
...
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LOCAL_RULESETS
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Smyruleset
|
1997-06-27 14:53:01 +00:00
|
|
|
...
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
Local additions for the rulesets srv_features, try_tls, tls_rcpt,
|
|
|
|
tls_client, and tls_server can be made using LOCAL_SRV_FEATURES,
|
|
|
|
LOCAL_TRY_TLS, LOCAL_TLS_RCPT, LOCAL_TLS_CLIENT, and LOCAL_TLS_SERVER,
|
|
|
|
respectively. For example, to add a local ruleset that decides
|
|
|
|
whether to try STARTTLS in a sendmail client, use:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LOCAL_TRY_TLS
|
|
|
|
R...
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note: you don't need to add a name for the ruleset, it is implicitly
|
|
|
|
defined by using the appropriate macro.
|
|
|
|
|
1997-06-27 14:53:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-01-21 22:17:06 +00:00
|
|
|
+-------------------------+
|
|
|
|
| ADDING NEW MAIL FILTERS |
|
|
|
|
+-------------------------+
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sendmail supports mail filters to filter incoming SMTP messages according
|
|
|
|
to the "Sendmail Mail Filter API" documentation. These filters can be
|
|
|
|
configured in your mc file using the two commands:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MAIL_FILTER(`name', `equates')
|
|
|
|
INPUT_MAIL_FILTER(`name', `equates')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The first command, MAIL_FILTER(), simply defines a filter with the given
|
|
|
|
name and equates. For example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MAIL_FILTER(`archive', `S=local:/var/run/archivesock, F=R')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This creates the equivalent sendmail.cf entry:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Xarchive, S=local:/var/run/archivesock, F=R
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() command performs the same actions as MAIL_FILTER
|
|
|
|
but also populates the m4 variable `confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS' with the name
|
|
|
|
of the filter such that the filter will actually be called by sendmail.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example, the two commands:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INPUT_MAIL_FILTER(`archive', `S=local:/var/run/archivesock, F=R')
|
|
|
|
INPUT_MAIL_FILTER(`spamcheck', `S=inet:2525@localhost, F=T')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
are equivalent to the three commands:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MAIL_FILTER(`archive', `S=local:/var/run/archivesock, F=R')
|
|
|
|
MAIL_FILTER(`spamcheck', `S=inet:2525@localhost, F=T')
|
|
|
|
define(`confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS', `archive, spamcheck')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In general, INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() should be used unless you need to define
|
|
|
|
more filters than you want to use for `confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that setting `confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS' after any INPUT_MAIL_FILTER()
|
|
|
|
commands will clear the list created by the prior INPUT_MAIL_FILTER()
|
|
|
|
commands.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
+-------------------------+
|
|
|
|
| QUEUE GROUP DEFINITIONS |
|
|
|
|
+-------------------------+
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In addition to the queue directory (which is the default queue group
|
|
|
|
called "mqueue"), sendmail can deal with multiple queue groups, which
|
|
|
|
are collections of queue directories with the same behaviour. Queue
|
|
|
|
groups can be defined using the command:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUEUE_GROUP(`name', `equates')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For details about queue groups, please see doc/op/op.{me,ps,txt}.
|
|
|
|
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
+-------------------------------+
|
|
|
|
| NON-SMTP BASED CONFIGURATIONS |
|
|
|
|
+-------------------------------+
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
These configuration files are designed primarily for use by
|
|
|
|
SMTP-based sites. They may not be well tuned for UUCP-only or
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
UUCP-primarily nodes (the latter is defined as a small local net
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
connected to the rest of the world via UUCP). However, there is
|
|
|
|
one hook to handle some special cases.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can define a ``smart host'' that understands a richer address syntax
|
|
|
|
using:
|
|
|
|
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
define(`SMART_HOST', `mailer:hostname')
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In this case, the ``mailer:'' defaults to "relay". Any messages that
|
|
|
|
can't be handled using the usual UUCP rules are passed to this host.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you are on a local SMTP-based net that connects to the outside
|
|
|
|
world via UUCP, you can use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to add appropriate rules.
|
|
|
|
For example:
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
define(`SMART_HOST', `uucp-new:uunet')
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
LOCAL_NET_CONFIG
|
|
|
|
R$* < @ $* .$m. > $* $#smtp $@ $2.$m. $: $1 < @ $2.$m. > $3
|
|
|
|
|
2002-04-10 03:05:00 +00:00
|
|
|
This will cause all names that end in your domain name ($m) to be sent
|
|
|
|
via SMTP; anything else will be sent via uucp-new (smart UUCP) to uunet.
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
If you have FEATURE(`nocanonify'), you may need to omit the dots after
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
the $m. If you are running a local DNS inside your domain which is
|
|
|
|
not otherwise connected to the outside world, you probably want to
|
|
|
|
use:
|
|
|
|
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
define(`SMART_HOST', `smtp:fire.wall.com')
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
LOCAL_NET_CONFIG
|
|
|
|
R$* < @ $* . > $* $#smtp $@ $2. $: $1 < @ $2. > $3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
That is, send directly only to things you found in your DNS lookup;
|
|
|
|
anything else goes through SMART_HOST.
|
|
|
|
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
You may need to turn off the anti-spam rules in order to accept
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
UUCP mail with FEATURE(`promiscuous_relay') and
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`accept_unresolvable_domains').
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+-----------+
|
|
|
|
| WHO AM I? |
|
|
|
|
+-----------+
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Normally, the $j macro is automatically defined to be your fully
|
|
|
|
qualified domain name (FQDN). Sendmail does this by getting your
|
|
|
|
host name using gethostname and then calling gethostbyname on the
|
|
|
|
result. For example, in some environments gethostname returns
|
|
|
|
only the root of the host name (such as "foo"); gethostbyname is
|
|
|
|
supposed to return the FQDN ("foo.bar.com"). In some (fairly rare)
|
|
|
|
cases, gethostbyname may fail to return the FQDN. In this case
|
|
|
|
you MUST define confDOMAIN_NAME to be your fully qualified domain
|
|
|
|
name. This is usually done using:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dmbar.com
|
|
|
|
define(`confDOMAIN_NAME', `$w.$m')dnl
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
+-----------------------------------+
|
|
|
|
| ACCEPTING MAIL FOR MULTIPLE NAMES |
|
|
|
|
+-----------------------------------+
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If your host is known by several different names, you need to augment
|
|
|
|
class {w}. This is a list of names by which your host is known, and
|
|
|
|
anything sent to an address using a host name in this list will be
|
|
|
|
treated as local mail. You can do this in two ways: either create the
|
|
|
|
file /etc/mail/local-host-names containing a list of your aliases (one per
|
|
|
|
line), and use ``FEATURE(`use_cw_file')'' in the .mc file, or add
|
|
|
|
``LOCAL_DOMAIN(`alias.host.name')''. Be sure you use the fully-qualified
|
|
|
|
name of the host, rather than a short name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you want to have different address in different domains, take
|
|
|
|
a look at the virtusertable feature, which is also explained at
|
|
|
|
http://www.sendmail.org/virtual-hosting.html
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
+--------------------+
|
|
|
|
| USING MAILERTABLES |
|
|
|
|
+--------------------+
|
|
|
|
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
To use FEATURE(`mailertable'), you will have to create an external
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
database containing the routing information for various domains.
|
|
|
|
For example, a mailertable file in text format might be:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.my.domain xnet:%1.my.domain
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
uuhost1.my.domain uucp-new:uuhost1
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.bitnet smtp:relay.bit.net
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
This should normally be stored in /etc/mail/mailertable. The actual
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
database version of the mailertable is built using:
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
makemap hash /etc/mail/mailertable < /etc/mail/mailertable
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The semantics are simple. Any LHS entry that does not begin with
|
|
|
|
a dot matches the full host name indicated. LHS entries beginning
|
2000-10-01 01:49:02 +00:00
|
|
|
with a dot match anything ending with that domain name (including
|
|
|
|
the leading dot) -- that is, they can be thought of as having a
|
|
|
|
leading ".+" regular expression pattern for a non-empty sequence of
|
|
|
|
characters. Matching is done in order of most-to-least qualified
|
|
|
|
-- for example, even though ".my.domain" is listed first in the
|
|
|
|
above example, an entry of "uuhost1.my.domain" will match the second
|
|
|
|
entry since it is more explicit. Note: e-mail to "user@my.domain"
|
|
|
|
does not match any entry in the above table. You need to have
|
|
|
|
something like:
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
my.domain esmtp:host.my.domain
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The RHS should always be a "mailer:host" pair. The mailer is the
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
configuration name of a mailer (that is, an M line in the
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
sendmail.cf file). The "host" will be the hostname passed to
|
|
|
|
that mailer. In domain-based matches (that is, those with leading
|
|
|
|
dots) the "%1" may be used to interpolate the wildcarded part of
|
|
|
|
the host name. For example, the first line above sends everything
|
|
|
|
addressed to "anything.my.domain" to that same host name, but using
|
|
|
|
the (presumably experimental) xnet mailer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In some cases you may want to temporarily turn off MX records,
|
|
|
|
particularly on gateways. For example, you may want to MX
|
|
|
|
everything in a domain to one machine that then forwards it
|
|
|
|
directly. To do this, you might use the DNS configuration:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*.domain. IN MX 0 relay.machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and on relay.machine use the mailertable:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.domain smtp:[gateway.domain]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The [square brackets] turn off MX records for this host only.
|
|
|
|
If you didn't do this, the mailertable would use the MX record
|
2003-09-19 23:11:30 +00:00
|
|
|
again, which would give you an MX loop. Note that the use of
|
|
|
|
wildcard MX records is almost always a bad idea. Please avoid
|
|
|
|
using them if possible.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+--------------------------------+
|
|
|
|
| USING USERDB TO MAP FULL NAMES |
|
|
|
|
+--------------------------------+
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The user database was not originally intended for mapping full names
|
|
|
|
to login names (e.g., Eric.Allman => eric), but some people are using
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
it that way. (it is recommended that you set up aliases for this
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
purpose instead -- since you can specify multiple alias files, this
|
|
|
|
is fairly easy.) The intent was to locate the default maildrop at
|
|
|
|
a site, but allow you to override this by sending to a specific host.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you decide to set up the user database in this fashion, it is
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
imperative that you not use FEATURE(`stickyhost') -- otherwise,
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
e-mail sent to Full.Name@local.host.name will be rejected.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To build the internal form of the user database, use:
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
makemap btree /etc/mail/userdb < /etc/mail/userdb.txt
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
As a general rule, it is an extremely bad idea to using full names
|
|
|
|
as e-mail addresses, since they are not in any sense unique. For
|
2000-10-01 01:49:02 +00:00
|
|
|
example, the UNIX software-development community has at least two
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
well-known Peter Deutsches, and at one time Bell Labs had two
|
|
|
|
Stephen R. Bournes with offices along the same hallway. Which one
|
|
|
|
will be forced to suffer the indignity of being Stephen_R_Bourne_2?
|
|
|
|
The less famous of the two, or the one that was hired later?
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finger should handle full names (and be fuzzy). Mail should use
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
handles, and not be fuzzy.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+--------------------------------+
|
|
|
|
| MISCELLANEOUS SPECIAL FEATURES |
|
|
|
|
+--------------------------------+
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plussed users
|
|
|
|
Sometimes it is convenient to merge configuration on a
|
|
|
|
centralized mail machine, for example, to forward all
|
|
|
|
root mail to a mail server. In this case it might be
|
|
|
|
useful to be able to treat the root addresses as a class
|
|
|
|
of addresses with subtle differences. You can do this
|
|
|
|
using plussed users. For example, a client might include
|
|
|
|
the alias:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
root: root+client1@server
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On the server, this will match an alias for "root+client1".
|
|
|
|
If that is not found, the alias "root+*" will be tried,
|
|
|
|
then "root".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+----------------+
|
|
|
|
| SECURITY NOTES |
|
|
|
|
+----------------+
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A lot of sendmail security comes down to you. Sendmail 8 is much
|
|
|
|
more careful about checking for security problems than previous
|
|
|
|
versions, but there are some things that you still need to watch
|
|
|
|
for. In particular:
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-11 21:12:04 +00:00
|
|
|
* Make sure the aliases file is not writable except by trusted
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
system personnel. This includes both the text and database
|
|
|
|
version.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Make sure that other files that sendmail reads, such as the
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
mailertable, are only writable by trusted system personnel.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* The queue directory should not be world writable PARTICULARLY
|
|
|
|
if your system allows "file giveaways" (that is, if a non-root
|
|
|
|
user can chown any file they own to any other user).
|
|
|
|
|
2020-07-14 21:40:53 +00:00
|
|
|
* If your system allows file giveaways, DO NOT create a publicly
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
writable directory for forward files. This will allow anyone
|
|
|
|
to steal anyone else's e-mail. Instead, create a script that
|
|
|
|
copies the .forward file from users' home directories once a
|
|
|
|
night (if you want the non-NFS-mounted forward directory).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* If your system allows file giveaways, you'll find that
|
|
|
|
sendmail is much less trusting of :include: files -- in
|
|
|
|
particular, you'll have to have /SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/ in
|
|
|
|
/etc/shells before they will be trusted (that is, before
|
|
|
|
files and programs listed in them will be honored).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In general, file giveaways are a mistake -- if you can turn them
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
off, do so.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+--------------------------------+
|
|
|
|
| TWEAKING CONFIGURATION OPTIONS |
|
|
|
|
+--------------------------------+
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There are a large number of configuration options that don't normally
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
need to be changed. However, if you feel you need to tweak them,
|
|
|
|
you can define the following M4 variables. Note that some of these
|
|
|
|
variables require formats that are defined in RFC 2821 or RFC 2822.
|
|
|
|
Before changing them you need to make sure you do not violate those
|
|
|
|
(and other relevant) RFCs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This list is shown in four columns: the name you define, the default
|
|
|
|
value for that definition, the option or macro that is affected
|
|
|
|
(either Ox for an option or Dx for a macro), and a brief description.
|
|
|
|
Greater detail of the semantics can be found in the Installation
|
|
|
|
and Operations Guide.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Some options are likely to be deprecated in future versions -- that is,
|
|
|
|
the option is only included to provide back-compatibility. These are
|
|
|
|
marked with "*".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remember that these options are M4 variables, and hence may need to
|
|
|
|
be quoted. In particular, arguments with commas will usually have to
|
|
|
|
be ``double quoted, like this phrase'' to avoid having the comma
|
|
|
|
confuse things. This is common for alias file definitions and for
|
|
|
|
the read timeout.
|
|
|
|
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
M4 Variable Name Configuration [Default] & Description
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
================ ============= =======================
|
|
|
|
confMAILER_NAME $n macro [MAILER-DAEMON] The sender name used
|
|
|
|
for internally generated outgoing
|
|
|
|
messages.
|
|
|
|
confDOMAIN_NAME $j macro If defined, sets $j. This should
|
|
|
|
only be done if your system cannot
|
|
|
|
determine your local domain name,
|
|
|
|
and then it should be set to
|
|
|
|
$w.Foo.COM, where Foo.COM is your
|
|
|
|
domain name.
|
|
|
|
confCF_VERSION $Z macro If defined, this is appended to the
|
|
|
|
configuration version name.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
confLDAP_CLUSTER ${sendmailMTACluster} macro
|
|
|
|
If defined, this is the LDAP
|
|
|
|
cluster to use for LDAP searches
|
|
|
|
as described above in ``USING LDAP
|
|
|
|
FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
confFROM_HEADER From: [$?x$x <$g>$|$g$.] The format of an
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
internally generated From: address.
|
|
|
|
confRECEIVED_HEADER Received:
|
1997-11-10 01:58:17 +00:00
|
|
|
[$?sfrom $s $.$?_($?s$|from $.$_)
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
$.$?{auth_type}(authenticated)
|
1997-01-27 07:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
$.by $j ($v/$Z)$?r with $r$. id $i$?u
|
1997-11-10 01:58:17 +00:00
|
|
|
for $u; $|;
|
|
|
|
$.$b]
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
The format of the Received: header
|
|
|
|
in messages passed through this host.
|
|
|
|
It is unwise to try to change this.
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
confMESSAGEID_HEADER Message-Id: [<$t.$i@$j>] The format of an
|
|
|
|
internally generated Message-Id:
|
|
|
|
header.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
confCW_FILE Fw class [/etc/mail/local-host-names] Name
|
|
|
|
of file used to get the local
|
|
|
|
additions to class {w} (local host
|
|
|
|
names).
|
|
|
|
confCT_FILE Ft class [/etc/mail/trusted-users] Name of
|
|
|
|
file used to get the local additions
|
|
|
|
to class {t} (trusted users).
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
confCR_FILE FR class [/etc/mail/relay-domains] Name of
|
|
|
|
file used to get the local additions
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
to class {R} (hosts allowed to relay).
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
confTRUSTED_USERS Ct class [no default] Names of users to add to
|
|
|
|
the list of trusted users. This list
|
|
|
|
always includes root, uucp, and daemon.
|
1999-02-07 09:40:41 +00:00
|
|
|
See also FEATURE(`use_ct_file').
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser [no default] Trusted user for file
|
|
|
|
ownership and starting the daemon.
|
|
|
|
Not to be confused with
|
|
|
|
confTRUSTED_USERS (see above).
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
confSMTP_MAILER - [esmtp] The mailer name used when
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
SMTP connectivity is required.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
One of "smtp", "smtp8",
|
|
|
|
"esmtp", or "dsmtp".
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
confUUCP_MAILER - [uucp-old] The mailer to be used by
|
|
|
|
default for bang-format recipient
|
|
|
|
addresses. See also discussion of
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
class {U}, class {Y}, and class {Z}
|
|
|
|
in the MAILER(`uucp') section.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
confLOCAL_MAILER - [local] The mailer name used when
|
|
|
|
local connectivity is required.
|
|
|
|
Almost always "local".
|
|
|
|
confRELAY_MAILER - [relay] The default mailer name used
|
|
|
|
for relaying any mail (e.g., to a
|
|
|
|
BITNET_RELAY, a SMART_HOST, or
|
|
|
|
whatever). This can reasonably be
|
|
|
|
"uucp-new" if you are on a
|
|
|
|
UUCP-connected site.
|
|
|
|
confSEVEN_BIT_INPUT SevenBitInput [False] Force input to seven bits?
|
|
|
|
confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING EightBitMode [pass8] 8-bit data handling
|
|
|
|
confALIAS_WAIT AliasWait [10m] Time to wait for alias file
|
|
|
|
rebuild until you get bored and
|
|
|
|
decide that the apparently pending
|
|
|
|
rebuild failed.
|
|
|
|
confMIN_FREE_BLOCKS MinFreeBlocks [100] Minimum number of free blocks on
|
|
|
|
queue filesystem to accept SMTP mail.
|
|
|
|
(Prior to 8.7 this was minfree/maxsize,
|
|
|
|
where minfree was the number of free
|
|
|
|
blocks and maxsize was the maximum
|
|
|
|
message size. Use confMAX_MESSAGE_SIZE
|
|
|
|
for the second value now.)
|
1995-12-03 17:45:56 +00:00
|
|
|
confMAX_MESSAGE_SIZE MaxMessageSize [infinite] The maximum size of messages
|
|
|
|
that will be accepted (in bytes).
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
confBLANK_SUB BlankSub [.] Blank (space) substitution
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
character.
|
|
|
|
confCON_EXPENSIVE HoldExpensive [False] Avoid connecting immediately
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
to mailers marked expensive.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
confCHECKPOINT_INTERVAL CheckpointInterval
|
1995-12-03 17:45:56 +00:00
|
|
|
[10] Checkpoint queue files every N
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
recipients.
|
|
|
|
confDELIVERY_MODE DeliveryMode [background] Default delivery mode.
|
1995-12-03 17:45:56 +00:00
|
|
|
confERROR_MODE ErrorMode [print] Error message mode.
|
|
|
|
confERROR_MESSAGE ErrorHeader [undefined] Error message header/file.
|
1999-01-12 12:26:57 +00:00
|
|
|
confSAVE_FROM_LINES SaveFromLine Save extra leading From_ lines.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
confTEMP_FILE_MODE TempFileMode [0600] Temporary file mode.
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
confMATCH_GECOS MatchGECOS [False] Match GECOS field.
|
1995-12-03 17:45:56 +00:00
|
|
|
confMAX_HOP MaxHopCount [25] Maximum hop count.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
confIGNORE_DOTS* IgnoreDots [False; always False in -bs or -bd
|
|
|
|
mode] Ignore dot as terminator for
|
|
|
|
incoming messages?
|
1995-12-03 17:45:56 +00:00
|
|
|
confBIND_OPTS ResolverOptions [undefined] Default options for DNS
|
|
|
|
resolver.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
confMIME_FORMAT_ERRORS* SendMimeErrors [True] Send error messages as MIME-
|
|
|
|
encapsulated messages per RFC 1344.
|
|
|
|
confFORWARD_PATH ForwardPath [$z/.forward.$w:$z/.forward]
|
|
|
|
The colon-separated list of places to
|
|
|
|
search for .forward files. N.B.: see
|
|
|
|
the Security Notes section.
|
|
|
|
confMCI_CACHE_SIZE ConnectionCacheSize
|
|
|
|
[2] Size of open connection cache.
|
|
|
|
confMCI_CACHE_TIMEOUT ConnectionCacheTimeout
|
|
|
|
[5m] Open connection cache timeout.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
confHOST_STATUS_DIRECTORY HostStatusDirectory
|
|
|
|
[undefined] If set, host status is kept
|
|
|
|
on disk between sendmail runs in the
|
|
|
|
named directory tree. This need not be
|
|
|
|
a full pathname, in which case it is
|
|
|
|
interpreted relative to the queue
|
1997-06-27 14:53:01 +00:00
|
|
|
directory.
|
|
|
|
confSINGLE_THREAD_DELIVERY SingleThreadDelivery
|
|
|
|
[False] If this option and the
|
|
|
|
HostStatusDirectory option are both
|
|
|
|
set, single thread deliveries to other
|
|
|
|
hosts. That is, don't allow any two
|
|
|
|
sendmails on this host to connect
|
|
|
|
simultaneously to any other single
|
|
|
|
host. This can slow down delivery in
|
|
|
|
some cases, in particular since a
|
|
|
|
cached but otherwise idle connection
|
|
|
|
to a host will prevent other sendmails
|
|
|
|
from connecting to the other host.
|
2015-07-06 04:29:34 +00:00
|
|
|
confUSE_COMPRESSED_IPV6_ADDRESSES
|
|
|
|
UseCompressedIPv6Addresses
|
|
|
|
[undefined] If set, use the compressed
|
|
|
|
form of IPv6 addresses, such as
|
|
|
|
IPV6:::1, instead of the uncompressed
|
|
|
|
form, such as IPv6:0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
confUSE_ERRORS_TO* UseErrorsTo [False] Use the Errors-To: header to
|
1995-12-03 17:45:56 +00:00
|
|
|
deliver error messages. This should
|
|
|
|
not be necessary because of general
|
|
|
|
acceptance of the envelope/header
|
|
|
|
distinction.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
confLOG_LEVEL LogLevel [9] Log level.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
confME_TOO MeToo [True] Include sender in group
|
|
|
|
expansions. This option is
|
|
|
|
deprecated and will be removed from
|
|
|
|
a future version.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
confCHECK_ALIASES CheckAliases [False] Check RHS of aliases when
|
|
|
|
running newaliases. Since this does
|
|
|
|
DNS lookups on every address, it can
|
|
|
|
slow down the alias rebuild process
|
|
|
|
considerably on large alias files.
|
|
|
|
confOLD_STYLE_HEADERS* OldStyleHeaders [True] Assume that headers without
|
|
|
|
special chars are old style.
|
|
|
|
confPRIVACY_FLAGS PrivacyOptions [authwarnings] Privacy flags.
|
1995-12-03 17:45:56 +00:00
|
|
|
confCOPY_ERRORS_TO PostmasterCopy [undefined] Address for additional
|
|
|
|
copies of all error messages.
|
|
|
|
confQUEUE_FACTOR QueueFactor [600000] Slope of queue-only function.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
confQUEUE_FILE_MODE QueueFileMode [undefined] Default permissions for
|
|
|
|
queue files (octal). If not set,
|
|
|
|
sendmail uses 0600 unless its real
|
|
|
|
and effective uid are different in
|
|
|
|
which case it uses 0644.
|
1995-12-03 17:45:56 +00:00
|
|
|
confDONT_PRUNE_ROUTES DontPruneRoutes [False] Don't prune down route-addr
|
|
|
|
syntax addresses to the minimum
|
|
|
|
possible.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
confSAFE_QUEUE* SuperSafe [True] Commit all messages to disk
|
|
|
|
before forking.
|
|
|
|
confTO_INITIAL Timeout.initial [5m] The timeout waiting for a response
|
|
|
|
on the initial connect.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
confTO_CONNECT Timeout.connect [0] The timeout waiting for an initial
|
|
|
|
connect() to complete. This can only
|
|
|
|
shorten connection timeouts; the kernel
|
|
|
|
silently enforces an absolute maximum
|
|
|
|
(which varies depending on the system).
|
|
|
|
confTO_ICONNECT Timeout.iconnect
|
|
|
|
[undefined] Like Timeout.connect, but
|
|
|
|
applies only to the very first attempt
|
|
|
|
to connect to a host in a message.
|
|
|
|
This allows a single very fast pass
|
|
|
|
followed by more careful delivery
|
|
|
|
attempts in the future.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
confTO_ACONNECT Timeout.aconnect
|
|
|
|
[0] The overall timeout waiting for
|
|
|
|
all connection for a single delivery
|
|
|
|
attempt to succeed. If 0, no overall
|
|
|
|
limit is applied.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
confTO_HELO Timeout.helo [5m] The timeout waiting for a response
|
|
|
|
to a HELO or EHLO command.
|
|
|
|
confTO_MAIL Timeout.mail [10m] The timeout waiting for a
|
|
|
|
response to the MAIL command.
|
|
|
|
confTO_RCPT Timeout.rcpt [1h] The timeout waiting for a response
|
|
|
|
to the RCPT command.
|
|
|
|
confTO_DATAINIT Timeout.datainit
|
|
|
|
[5m] The timeout waiting for a 354
|
|
|
|
response from the DATA command.
|
|
|
|
confTO_DATABLOCK Timeout.datablock
|
|
|
|
[1h] The timeout waiting for a block
|
|
|
|
during DATA phase.
|
|
|
|
confTO_DATAFINAL Timeout.datafinal
|
|
|
|
[1h] The timeout waiting for a response
|
|
|
|
to the final "." that terminates a
|
|
|
|
message.
|
|
|
|
confTO_RSET Timeout.rset [5m] The timeout waiting for a response
|
|
|
|
to the RSET command.
|
|
|
|
confTO_QUIT Timeout.quit [2m] The timeout waiting for a response
|
|
|
|
to the QUIT command.
|
|
|
|
confTO_MISC Timeout.misc [2m] The timeout waiting for a response
|
|
|
|
to other SMTP commands.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
confTO_COMMAND Timeout.command [1h] In server SMTP, the timeout
|
|
|
|
waiting for a command to be issued.
|
|
|
|
confTO_IDENT Timeout.ident [5s] The timeout waiting for a
|
|
|
|
response to an IDENT query.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
confTO_FILEOPEN Timeout.fileopen
|
|
|
|
[60s] The timeout waiting for a file
|
|
|
|
(e.g., :include: file) to be opened.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
confTO_LHLO Timeout.lhlo [2m] The timeout waiting for a response
|
|
|
|
to an LMTP LHLO command.
|
|
|
|
confTO_AUTH Timeout.auth [10m] The timeout waiting for a
|
|
|
|
response in an AUTH dialogue.
|
|
|
|
confTO_STARTTLS Timeout.starttls
|
|
|
|
[1h] The timeout waiting for a
|
|
|
|
response to an SMTP STARTTLS command.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control
|
|
|
|
[2m] The timeout for a complete
|
|
|
|
control socket transaction to complete.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
confTO_QUEUERETURN Timeout.queuereturn
|
|
|
|
[5d] The timeout before a message is
|
|
|
|
returned as undeliverable.
|
|
|
|
confTO_QUEUERETURN_NORMAL
|
|
|
|
Timeout.queuereturn.normal
|
|
|
|
[undefined] As above, for normal
|
|
|
|
priority messages.
|
|
|
|
confTO_QUEUERETURN_URGENT
|
|
|
|
Timeout.queuereturn.urgent
|
|
|
|
[undefined] As above, for urgent
|
|
|
|
priority messages.
|
|
|
|
confTO_QUEUERETURN_NONURGENT
|
|
|
|
Timeout.queuereturn.non-urgent
|
|
|
|
[undefined] As above, for non-urgent
|
|
|
|
(low) priority messages.
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN
|
|
|
|
Timeout.queuereturn.dsn
|
|
|
|
[undefined] As above, for delivery
|
|
|
|
status notification messages.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
confTO_QUEUEWARN Timeout.queuewarn
|
|
|
|
[4h] The timeout before a warning
|
|
|
|
message is sent to the sender telling
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
them that the message has been
|
|
|
|
deferred.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
confTO_QUEUEWARN_NORMAL Timeout.queuewarn.normal
|
|
|
|
[undefined] As above, for normal
|
|
|
|
priority messages.
|
|
|
|
confTO_QUEUEWARN_URGENT Timeout.queuewarn.urgent
|
|
|
|
[undefined] As above, for urgent
|
|
|
|
priority messages.
|
|
|
|
confTO_QUEUEWARN_NONURGENT
|
|
|
|
Timeout.queuewarn.non-urgent
|
|
|
|
[undefined] As above, for non-urgent
|
|
|
|
(low) priority messages.
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN
|
|
|
|
Timeout.queuewarn.dsn
|
|
|
|
[undefined] As above, for delivery
|
|
|
|
status notification messages.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
confTO_HOSTSTATUS Timeout.hoststatus
|
|
|
|
[30m] How long information about host
|
|
|
|
statuses will be maintained before it
|
|
|
|
is considered stale and the host should
|
|
|
|
be retried. This applies both within
|
|
|
|
a single queue run and to persistent
|
|
|
|
information (see below).
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans
|
|
|
|
[varies] Sets the resolver's
|
2002-06-11 21:12:04 +00:00
|
|
|
retransmission time interval (in
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
seconds). Sets both
|
|
|
|
Timeout.resolver.retrans.first and
|
|
|
|
Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
|
|
|
|
confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
|
|
|
|
[varies] Sets the resolver's
|
2002-06-11 21:12:04 +00:00
|
|
|
retransmission time interval (in
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
seconds) for the first attempt to
|
|
|
|
deliver a message.
|
|
|
|
confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
|
|
|
|
[varies] Sets the resolver's
|
2002-06-11 21:12:04 +00:00
|
|
|
retransmission time interval (in
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
seconds) for all resolver lookups
|
|
|
|
except the first delivery attempt.
|
|
|
|
confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry
|
|
|
|
[varies] Sets the number of times
|
|
|
|
to retransmit a resolver query.
|
|
|
|
Sets both
|
|
|
|
Timeout.resolver.retry.first and
|
|
|
|
Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
|
|
|
|
confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first
|
|
|
|
[varies] Sets the number of times
|
|
|
|
to retransmit a resolver query for
|
|
|
|
the first attempt to deliver a
|
|
|
|
message.
|
|
|
|
confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
|
|
|
|
[varies] Sets the number of times
|
|
|
|
to retransmit a resolver query for
|
|
|
|
all resolver lookups except the
|
|
|
|
first delivery attempt.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
confTIME_ZONE TimeZoneSpec [USE_SYSTEM] Time zone info -- can be
|
|
|
|
USE_SYSTEM to use the system's idea,
|
|
|
|
USE_TZ to use the user's TZ envariable,
|
|
|
|
or something else to force that value.
|
|
|
|
confDEF_USER_ID DefaultUser [1:1] Default user id.
|
|
|
|
confUSERDB_SPEC UserDatabaseSpec
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
[undefined] User database
|
|
|
|
specification.
|
1995-12-03 17:45:56 +00:00
|
|
|
confFALLBACK_MX FallbackMXhost [undefined] Fallback MX host.
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST FallbackSmartHost
|
|
|
|
[undefined] Fallback smart host.
|
2020-07-14 21:40:53 +00:00
|
|
|
confTLS_FALLBACK_TO_CLEAR TLSFallbacktoClear
|
|
|
|
[undefined] If set, immediately try
|
|
|
|
a connection again without STARTTLS
|
|
|
|
after a TLS handshake failure.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST TryNullMXList [False] If this host is the best MX
|
|
|
|
for a host and other arrangements
|
|
|
|
haven't been made, try connecting
|
|
|
|
to the host directly; normally this
|
|
|
|
would be a config error.
|
|
|
|
confQUEUE_LA QueueLA [varies] Load average at which
|
|
|
|
queue-only function kicks in.
|
|
|
|
Default values is (8 * numproc)
|
|
|
|
where numproc is the number of
|
|
|
|
processors online (if that can be
|
|
|
|
determined).
|
|
|
|
confREFUSE_LA RefuseLA [varies] Load average at which
|
|
|
|
incoming SMTP connections are
|
|
|
|
refused. Default values is (12 *
|
|
|
|
numproc) where numproc is the
|
|
|
|
number of processors online (if
|
|
|
|
that can be determined).
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL RejectLogInterval [3h] Log interval when
|
|
|
|
refusing connections for this long.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
confDELAY_LA DelayLA [0] Load average at which sendmail
|
|
|
|
will sleep for one second on most
|
|
|
|
SMTP commands and before accepting
|
|
|
|
connections. 0 means no limit.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion
|
|
|
|
[10] Maximum depth of alias recursion.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
confMAX_DAEMON_CHILDREN MaxDaemonChildren
|
|
|
|
[undefined] The maximum number of
|
|
|
|
children the daemon will permit. After
|
|
|
|
this number, connections will be
|
|
|
|
rejected. If not set or <= 0, there is
|
|
|
|
no limit.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength
|
2001-01-21 22:17:06 +00:00
|
|
|
[32768] Maximum length of the sum
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
of all headers.
|
|
|
|
confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength
|
|
|
|
[undefined] Maximum length of
|
|
|
|
certain MIME header field values.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
confCONNECTION_RATE_THROTTLE ConnectionRateThrottle
|
|
|
|
[undefined] The maximum number of
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
connections permitted per second per
|
|
|
|
daemon. After this many connections
|
|
|
|
are accepted, further connections
|
|
|
|
will be delayed. If not set or <= 0,
|
|
|
|
there is no limit.
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE ConnectionRateWindowSize
|
|
|
|
[60s] Define the length of the
|
|
|
|
interval for which the number of
|
|
|
|
incoming connections is maintained.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
confWORK_RECIPIENT_FACTOR
|
1995-12-03 17:45:56 +00:00
|
|
|
RecipientFactor [30000] Cost of each recipient.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
confSEPARATE_PROC ForkEachJob [False] Run all deliveries in a
|
|
|
|
separate process.
|
1995-12-03 17:45:56 +00:00
|
|
|
confWORK_CLASS_FACTOR ClassFactor [1800] Priority multiplier for class.
|
|
|
|
confWORK_TIME_FACTOR RetryFactor [90000] Cost of each delivery attempt.
|
|
|
|
confQUEUE_SORT_ORDER QueueSortOrder [Priority] Queue sort algorithm:
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
Priority, Host, Filename, Random,
|
|
|
|
Modification, or Time.
|
2014-12-12 04:10:50 +00:00
|
|
|
confMAX_QUEUE_AGE MaxQueueAge [undefined] If set to a value greater
|
|
|
|
than zero, entries in the queue
|
|
|
|
will be retried during a queue run
|
|
|
|
only if the individual retry time
|
|
|
|
has been reached which is doubled
|
|
|
|
for each attempt. The maximum retry
|
|
|
|
time is limited by the specified value.
|
1995-12-03 17:45:56 +00:00
|
|
|
confMIN_QUEUE_AGE MinQueueAge [0] The minimum amount of time a job
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
must sit in the queue between queue
|
|
|
|
runs. This allows you to set the
|
|
|
|
queue run interval low for better
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
responsiveness without trying all
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
jobs in each run.
|
1995-12-03 17:45:56 +00:00
|
|
|
confDEF_CHAR_SET DefaultCharSet [unknown-8bit] When converting
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
unlabeled 8 bit input to MIME, the
|
1995-12-03 17:45:56 +00:00
|
|
|
character set to use by default.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
confSERVICE_SWITCH_FILE ServiceSwitchFile
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
[/etc/mail/service.switch] The file
|
|
|
|
to use for the service switch on
|
|
|
|
systems that do not have a
|
|
|
|
system-defined switch.
|
1995-12-03 17:45:56 +00:00
|
|
|
confHOSTS_FILE HostsFile [/etc/hosts] The file to use when doing
|
|
|
|
"file" type access of hosts names.
|
|
|
|
confDIAL_DELAY DialDelay [0s] If a connection fails, wait this
|
|
|
|
long and try again. Zero means "don't
|
|
|
|
retry". This is to allow "dial on
|
|
|
|
demand" connections to have enough time
|
|
|
|
to complete a connection.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
confNO_RCPT_ACTION NoRecipientAction
|
1995-12-03 17:45:56 +00:00
|
|
|
[none] What to do if there are no legal
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
recipient fields (To:, Cc: or Bcc:)
|
|
|
|
in the message. Legal values can
|
|
|
|
be "none" to just leave the
|
|
|
|
nonconforming message as is, "add-to"
|
|
|
|
to add a To: header with all the
|
|
|
|
known recipients (which may expose
|
|
|
|
blind recipients), "add-apparently-to"
|
|
|
|
to do the same but use Apparently-To:
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
instead of To: (strongly discouraged
|
|
|
|
in accordance with IETF standards),
|
|
|
|
"add-bcc" to add an empty Bcc:
|
|
|
|
header, or "add-to-undisclosed" to
|
|
|
|
add the header
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
``To: undisclosed-recipients:;''.
|
|
|
|
confSAFE_FILE_ENV SafeFileEnvironment
|
1995-12-03 17:45:56 +00:00
|
|
|
[undefined] If set, sendmail will do a
|
|
|
|
chroot() into this directory before
|
|
|
|
writing files.
|
|
|
|
confCOLON_OK_IN_ADDR ColonOkInAddr [True unless Configuration Level > 6]
|
|
|
|
If set, colons are treated as a regular
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
character in addresses. If not set,
|
|
|
|
they are treated as the introducer to
|
|
|
|
the RFC 822 "group" syntax. Colons are
|
|
|
|
handled properly in route-addrs. This
|
|
|
|
option defaults on for V5 and lower
|
|
|
|
configuration files.
|
1995-12-03 17:45:56 +00:00
|
|
|
confMAX_QUEUE_RUN_SIZE MaxQueueRunSize [0] If set, limit the maximum size of
|
|
|
|
any given queue run to this number of
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
entries. Essentially, this will stop
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
reading each queue directory after this
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
number of entries are reached; it does
|
|
|
|
_not_ pick the highest priority jobs,
|
|
|
|
so this should be as large as your
|
|
|
|
system can tolerate. If not set, there
|
|
|
|
is no limit.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN MaxQueueChildren
|
|
|
|
[undefined] Limits the maximum number
|
|
|
|
of concurrent queue runners active.
|
|
|
|
This is to keep system resources used
|
|
|
|
within a reasonable limit. Relates to
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
Queue Groups and ForkEachJob.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE MaxRunnersPerQueue
|
|
|
|
[1] Only active when MaxQueueChildren
|
|
|
|
defined. Controls the maximum number
|
|
|
|
of queue runners (aka queue children)
|
|
|
|
active at the same time in a work
|
|
|
|
group. See also MaxQueueChildren.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
confDONT_EXPAND_CNAMES DontExpandCnames
|
1995-12-03 17:45:56 +00:00
|
|
|
[False] If set, $[ ... $] lookups that
|
|
|
|
do DNS based lookups do not expand
|
|
|
|
CNAME records. This currently violates
|
|
|
|
the published standards, but the IETF
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
seems to be moving toward legalizing
|
|
|
|
this. For example, if "FTP.Foo.ORG"
|
|
|
|
is a CNAME for "Cruft.Foo.ORG", then
|
|
|
|
with this option set a lookup of
|
|
|
|
"FTP" will return "FTP.Foo.ORG"; if
|
|
|
|
clear it returns "Cruft.FOO.ORG". N.B.
|
|
|
|
you may not see any effect until your
|
|
|
|
downstream neighbors stop doing CNAME
|
|
|
|
lookups as well.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
confFROM_LINE UnixFromLine [From $g $d] The From_ line used
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
when sending to files or programs.
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER SingleLineFromHeader
|
|
|
|
[False] From: lines that have
|
|
|
|
embedded newlines are unwrapped
|
|
|
|
onto one line.
|
|
|
|
confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO AllowBogusHELO [False] Allow HELO SMTP command that
|
|
|
|
does not include a host name.
|
|
|
|
confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS MustQuoteChars [.'] Characters to be quoted in a full
|
|
|
|
name phrase (@,;:\()[] are automatic).
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
confOPERATORS OperatorChars [.:%@!^/[]+] Address operator
|
|
|
|
characters.
|
|
|
|
confSMTP_LOGIN_MSG SmtpGreetingMessage
|
|
|
|
[$j Sendmail $v/$Z; $b]
|
|
|
|
The initial (spontaneous) SMTP
|
|
|
|
greeting message. The word "ESMTP"
|
|
|
|
will be inserted between the first and
|
|
|
|
second words to convince other
|
|
|
|
sendmails to try to speak ESMTP.
|
1995-12-03 17:45:56 +00:00
|
|
|
confDONT_INIT_GROUPS DontInitGroups [False] If set, the initgroups(3)
|
|
|
|
routine will never be invoked. You
|
|
|
|
might want to do this if you are
|
|
|
|
running NIS and you have a large group
|
|
|
|
map, since this call does a sequential
|
|
|
|
scan of the map; in a large site this
|
|
|
|
can cause your ypserv to run
|
|
|
|
essentially full time. If you set
|
|
|
|
this, agents run on behalf of users
|
|
|
|
will only have their primary
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
(/etc/passwd) group permissions.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
confUNSAFE_GROUP_WRITES UnsafeGroupWrites
|
2006-03-22 16:40:03 +00:00
|
|
|
[True] If set, group-writable
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
:include: and .forward files are
|
|
|
|
considered "unsafe", that is, programs
|
|
|
|
and files cannot be directly referenced
|
|
|
|
from such files. World-writable files
|
|
|
|
are always considered unsafe.
|
2006-03-22 16:40:03 +00:00
|
|
|
Notice: this option is deprecated and
|
|
|
|
will be removed in future versions;
|
|
|
|
Set GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
|
|
|
|
and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in
|
|
|
|
DontBlameSendmail if required.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
confCONNECT_ONLY_TO ConnectOnlyTo [undefined] override connection
|
|
|
|
address (for testing).
|
|
|
|
confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName
|
|
|
|
[undefined] Control socket for daemon
|
|
|
|
management.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
confDOUBLE_BOUNCE_ADDRESS DoubleBounceAddress
|
|
|
|
[postmaster] If an error occurs when
|
|
|
|
sending an error message, send that
|
|
|
|
"double bounce" error message to this
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
address. If it expands to an empty
|
|
|
|
string, double bounces are dropped.
|
2007-04-09 01:38:51 +00:00
|
|
|
confSOFT_BOUNCE SoftBounce [False] If set, issue temporary errors
|
|
|
|
(4xy) instead of permanent errors
|
|
|
|
(5xy). This can be useful during
|
|
|
|
testing of a new configuration to
|
|
|
|
avoid erroneous bouncing of mails.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop [undefined] Filename to save bounce
|
|
|
|
messages which could not be returned
|
|
|
|
to the user or sent to postmaster.
|
|
|
|
If not set, the queue file will
|
|
|
|
be renamed.
|
|
|
|
confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn [False] Return-Receipt-To: header
|
|
|
|
implies DSN request.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
confRUN_AS_USER RunAsUser [undefined] If set, become this user
|
|
|
|
when reading and delivering mail.
|
|
|
|
Causes all file reads (e.g., .forward
|
|
|
|
and :include: files) to be done as
|
|
|
|
this user. Also, all programs will
|
|
|
|
be run as this user, and all output
|
|
|
|
files will be written as this user.
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE MaxRecipientsPerMessage
|
|
|
|
[infinite] If set, allow no more than
|
|
|
|
the specified number of recipients in
|
|
|
|
an SMTP envelope. Further recipients
|
|
|
|
receive a 452 error code (i.e., they
|
|
|
|
are deferred for the next delivery
|
|
|
|
attempt).
|
2004-02-14 21:53:31 +00:00
|
|
|
confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE BadRcptThrottle [infinite] If set and the specified
|
|
|
|
number of recipients in a single SMTP
|
|
|
|
transaction have been rejected, sleep
|
|
|
|
for one second after each subsequent
|
|
|
|
RCPT command in that transaction.
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES DontProbeInterfaces
|
|
|
|
[False] If set, sendmail will _not_
|
|
|
|
insert the names and addresses of any
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
local interfaces into class {w}
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
(list of known "equivalent" addresses).
|
|
|
|
If you set this, you must also include
|
|
|
|
some support for these addresses (e.g.,
|
|
|
|
in a mailertable entry) -- otherwise,
|
|
|
|
mail to addresses in this list will
|
|
|
|
bounce with a configuration error.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
If set to "loopback" (without
|
|
|
|
quotes), sendmail will skip
|
|
|
|
loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0").
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
confPID_FILE PidFile [system dependent] Location of pid
|
|
|
|
file.
|
|
|
|
confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix
|
|
|
|
[undefined] Prefix string for the
|
|
|
|
process title shown on 'ps' listings.
|
1998-08-03 05:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL DontBlameSendmail
|
|
|
|
[safe] Override sendmail's file
|
|
|
|
safety checks. This will definitely
|
|
|
|
compromise system security and should
|
|
|
|
not be used unless absolutely
|
|
|
|
necessary.
|
|
|
|
confREJECT_MSG - [550 Access denied] The message
|
|
|
|
given if the access database contains
|
|
|
|
REJECT in the value portion.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
confRELAY_MSG - [550 Relaying denied] The message
|
|
|
|
given if an unauthorized relaying
|
|
|
|
attempt is rejected.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize
|
|
|
|
[4096] The maximum size of a
|
|
|
|
memory-buffered data (df) file
|
|
|
|
before a disk-based file is used.
|
|
|
|
confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XScriptFileBufferSize
|
|
|
|
[4096] The maximum size of a
|
|
|
|
memory-buffered transcript (xf)
|
|
|
|
file before a disk-based file is
|
|
|
|
used.
|
|
|
|
confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms [GSSAPI KERBEROS_V4 DIGEST-MD5
|
|
|
|
CRAM-MD5] List of authentication
|
|
|
|
mechanisms for AUTH (separated by
|
|
|
|
spaces). The advertised list of
|
|
|
|
authentication mechanisms will be the
|
|
|
|
intersection of this list and the list
|
|
|
|
of available mechanisms as determined
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
by the Cyrus SASL library.
|
|
|
|
confAUTH_REALM AuthRealm [undefined] The authentication realm
|
|
|
|
that is passed to the Cyrus SASL
|
|
|
|
library. If no realm is specified,
|
2014-12-12 04:10:50 +00:00
|
|
|
$j is used. See KNOWNBUGS.
|
2001-02-28 00:19:57 +00:00
|
|
|
confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo [undefined] Name of file that contains
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
authentication information for
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
outgoing connections. This file must
|
|
|
|
contain the user id, the authorization
|
|
|
|
id, the password (plain text), the
|
|
|
|
realm to use, and the list of
|
|
|
|
mechanisms to try, each on a separate
|
|
|
|
line and must be readable by root (or
|
|
|
|
the trusted user) only. If no realm
|
|
|
|
is specified, $j is used. If no
|
|
|
|
mechanisms are given in the file,
|
|
|
|
AuthMechanisms is used. Notice: this
|
|
|
|
option is deprecated and will be
|
|
|
|
removed in future versions; it doesn't
|
|
|
|
work for the MSP since it can't read
|
|
|
|
the file. Use the authinfo ruleset
|
|
|
|
instead. See also the section SMTP
|
|
|
|
AUTHENTICATION.
|
|
|
|
confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions [undefined] If this option is 'A'
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
then the AUTH= parameter for the
|
|
|
|
MAIL FROM command is only issued
|
|
|
|
when authentication succeeded.
|
2005-06-07 04:14:59 +00:00
|
|
|
See doc/op/op.me for more options
|
|
|
|
and details.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
confAUTH_MAX_BITS AuthMaxBits [INT_MAX] Limit the maximum encryption
|
|
|
|
strength for the security layer in
|
|
|
|
SMTP AUTH (SASL). Default is
|
|
|
|
essentially unlimited.
|
|
|
|
confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS TLSSrvOptions If this option is 'V' no client
|
|
|
|
verification is performed, i.e.,
|
|
|
|
the server doesn't ask for a
|
|
|
|
certificate.
|
2014-12-12 04:10:50 +00:00
|
|
|
confSERVER_SSL_OPTIONS ServerSSLOptions [undefined] SSL related
|
|
|
|
options for server side. See
|
|
|
|
SSL_CTX_set_options(3) for a list.
|
|
|
|
confCLIENT_SSL_OPTIONS ClientSSLOptions [undefined] SSL related
|
|
|
|
options for client side. See
|
|
|
|
SSL_CTX_set_options(3) for a list.
|
|
|
|
confCIPHER_LIST CipherList [undefined] Cipher list for TLS.
|
|
|
|
See ciphers(1) for possible values.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec [undefined] Default map
|
|
|
|
specification for LDAP maps. The
|
|
|
|
value should only contain LDAP
|
|
|
|
specific settings such as "-h host
|
|
|
|
-p port -d bindDN", etc. The
|
|
|
|
settings will be used for all LDAP
|
|
|
|
maps unless they are specified in
|
|
|
|
the individual map specification
|
|
|
|
('K' command).
|
2015-07-06 04:29:34 +00:00
|
|
|
confCACERT_PATH CACertPath [undefined] Path to directory with
|
|
|
|
certificates of CAs which must contain
|
|
|
|
their hashes as filenames or links.
|
|
|
|
confCACERT CACertFile [undefined] File containing at least
|
|
|
|
one CA certificate.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile [undefined] File containing the
|
|
|
|
cert of the server, i.e., this cert
|
|
|
|
is used when sendmail acts as
|
|
|
|
server.
|
|
|
|
confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile [undefined] File containing the
|
|
|
|
private key belonging to the server
|
|
|
|
cert.
|
|
|
|
confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile [undefined] File containing the
|
|
|
|
cert of the client, i.e., this cert
|
|
|
|
is used when sendmail acts as
|
|
|
|
client.
|
|
|
|
confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile [undefined] File containing the
|
|
|
|
private key belonging to the client
|
|
|
|
cert.
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
confCRL CRLFile [undefined] File containing certificate
|
|
|
|
revocation status, useful for X.509v3
|
2020-07-14 21:40:53 +00:00
|
|
|
authentication.
|
|
|
|
confCRL_PATH CRLPath [undefined] Directory containing
|
|
|
|
hashes pointing to certificate
|
|
|
|
revocation status files.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters [undefined] File containing the
|
|
|
|
DH parameters.
|
2020-07-14 21:40:53 +00:00
|
|
|
confDANE DANE [false] Enable DANE support.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
confRAND_FILE RandFile [undefined] File containing random
|
2000-10-01 01:49:02 +00:00
|
|
|
data (use prefix file:) or the
|
|
|
|
name of the UNIX socket if EGD is
|
|
|
|
used (use prefix egd:). STARTTLS
|
|
|
|
requires this option if the compile
|
|
|
|
flag HASURANDOM is not set (see
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
sendmail/README).
|
2014-12-12 04:10:50 +00:00
|
|
|
confCERT_FINGERPRINT_ALGORITHM CertFingerprintAlgorithm
|
|
|
|
[undefined] The fingerprint algorithm
|
|
|
|
(digest) to use for the presented
|
|
|
|
cert.
|
2020-07-14 21:40:53 +00:00
|
|
|
confSSL_ENGINE SSLEngine [undefined] Name of SSLEngine.
|
|
|
|
confSSL_ENGINE_PATH SSLEnginePath [undefined] Path to dynamic library
|
|
|
|
for SSLEngine.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
confNICE_QUEUE_RUN NiceQueueRun [undefined] If set, the priority of
|
|
|
|
queue runners is set the given value
|
|
|
|
(nice(3)).
|
|
|
|
confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS DirectSubmissionModifiers
|
|
|
|
[undefined] Defines {daemon_flags}
|
|
|
|
for direct submissions.
|
2006-03-22 16:40:03 +00:00
|
|
|
confUSE_MSP UseMSP [undefined] Use as mail submission
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
program, see sendmail/SECURITY.
|
|
|
|
confDELIVER_BY_MIN DeliverByMin [0] Minimum time for Deliver By
|
|
|
|
SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852).
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC RequiresDirfsync [true] RequiresDirfsync can
|
|
|
|
be used to turn off the compile time
|
|
|
|
flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.
|
|
|
|
See sendmail/README for details.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY SharedMemoryKey [0] Key for shared memory.
|
2007-04-09 01:38:51 +00:00
|
|
|
confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY_FILE
|
|
|
|
SharedMemoryKeyFile
|
|
|
|
[undefined] File where the
|
|
|
|
automatically selected key for
|
|
|
|
shared memory is stored.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
confFAST_SPLIT FastSplit [1] If set to a value greater than
|
|
|
|
zero, the initial MX lookups on
|
|
|
|
addresses is suppressed when they
|
|
|
|
are sorted which may result in
|
|
|
|
faster envelope splitting. If the
|
|
|
|
mail is submitted directly from the
|
|
|
|
command line, then the value also
|
|
|
|
limits the number of processes to
|
|
|
|
deliver the envelopes.
|
|
|
|
confMAILBOX_DATABASE MailboxDatabase [pw] Type of lookup to find
|
|
|
|
information about local mailboxes.
|
|
|
|
confDEQUOTE_OPTS - [empty] Additional options for the
|
|
|
|
dequote map.
|
2007-04-09 01:38:51 +00:00
|
|
|
confMAX_NOOP_COMMANDS MaxNOOPCommands [20] Maximum number of "useless"
|
|
|
|
commands before the SMTP server
|
|
|
|
will slow down responding.
|
|
|
|
confHELO_NAME HeloName If defined, use as name for EHLO/HELO
|
|
|
|
command (instead of $j).
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS InputMailFilters
|
|
|
|
A comma separated list of filters
|
|
|
|
which determines which filters and
|
|
|
|
the invocation sequence are
|
|
|
|
contacted for incoming SMTP
|
|
|
|
messages. If none are set, no
|
|
|
|
filters will be contacted.
|
|
|
|
confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL Milter.LogLevel [9] Log level for input mail filter
|
|
|
|
actions, defaults to LogLevel.
|
|
|
|
confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT Milter.macros.connect
|
2003-02-08 20:31:29 +00:00
|
|
|
[j, _, {daemon_name}, {if_name},
|
|
|
|
{if_addr}] Macros to transmit to
|
|
|
|
milters when a session connection
|
|
|
|
starts.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
confMILTER_MACROS_HELO Milter.macros.helo
|
2003-02-08 20:31:29 +00:00
|
|
|
[{tls_version}, {cipher},
|
|
|
|
{cipher_bits}, {cert_subject},
|
|
|
|
{cert_issuer}] Macros to transmit to
|
|
|
|
milters after HELO/EHLO command.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM Milter.macros.envfrom
|
2003-02-08 20:31:29 +00:00
|
|
|
[i, {auth_type}, {auth_authen},
|
|
|
|
{auth_ssf}, {auth_author},
|
|
|
|
{mail_mailer}, {mail_host},
|
|
|
|
{mail_addr}] Macros to transmit to
|
|
|
|
milters after MAIL FROM command.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT Milter.macros.envrcpt
|
2003-02-08 20:31:29 +00:00
|
|
|
[{rcpt_mailer}, {rcpt_host},
|
|
|
|
{rcpt_addr}] Macros to transmit to
|
|
|
|
milters after RCPT TO command.
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
confMILTER_MACROS_EOM Milter.macros.eom
|
|
|
|
[{msg_id}] Macros to transmit to
|
2007-04-09 01:38:51 +00:00
|
|
|
milters after the terminating
|
|
|
|
DATA '.' is received.
|
|
|
|
confMILTER_MACROS_EOH Milter.macros.eoh
|
|
|
|
Macros to transmit to milters
|
|
|
|
after the end of headers.
|
|
|
|
confMILTER_MACROS_DATA Milter.macros.data
|
|
|
|
Macros to transmit to milters
|
|
|
|
after DATA command is received.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See also the description of OSTYPE for some parameters that can be
|
|
|
|
tweaked (generally pathnames to mailers).
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
ClientPortOptions and DaemonPortOptions are special cases since multiple
|
|
|
|
clients/daemons can be defined. This can be done via
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
CLIENT_OPTIONS(`field1=value1,field2=value2,...')
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
DAEMON_OPTIONS(`field1=value1,field2=value2,...')
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
Note that multiple CLIENT_OPTIONS() commands (and therefore multiple
|
|
|
|
ClientPortOptions settings) are allowed in order to give settings for each
|
|
|
|
protocol family (e.g., one for Family=inet and one for Family=inet6). A
|
|
|
|
restriction placed on one family only affects outgoing connections on that
|
|
|
|
particular family.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
If DAEMON_OPTIONS is not used, then the default is
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DAEMON_OPTIONS(`Port=smtp, Name=MTA')
|
|
|
|
DAEMON_OPTIONS(`Port=587, Name=MSA, M=E')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you use one DAEMON_OPTIONS macro, it will alter the parameters
|
|
|
|
of the first of these. The second will still be defaulted; it
|
|
|
|
represents a "Message Submission Agent" (MSA) as defined by RFC
|
|
|
|
2476 (see below). To turn off the default definition for the MSA,
|
|
|
|
use FEATURE(`no_default_msa') (see also FEATURES). If you use
|
|
|
|
additional DAEMON_OPTIONS macros, they will add additional daemons.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example 1: To change the port for the SMTP listener, while
|
|
|
|
still using the MSA default, use
|
|
|
|
DAEMON_OPTIONS(`Port=925, Name=MTA')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example 2: To change the port for the MSA daemon, while still
|
|
|
|
using the default SMTP port, use
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`no_default_msa')
|
|
|
|
DAEMON_OPTIONS(`Name=MTA')
|
|
|
|
DAEMON_OPTIONS(`Port=987, Name=MSA, M=E')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that if the first of those DAEMON_OPTIONS lines were omitted, then
|
|
|
|
there would be no listener on the standard SMTP port.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example 3: To listen on both IPv4 and IPv6 interfaces, use
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DAEMON_OPTIONS(`Name=MTA-v4, Family=inet')
|
|
|
|
DAEMON_OPTIONS(`Name=MTA-v6, Family=inet6')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A "Message Submission Agent" still uses all of the same rulesets for
|
|
|
|
processing the message (and therefore still allows message rejection via
|
|
|
|
the check_* rulesets). In accordance with the RFC, the MSA will ensure
|
2003-02-08 20:31:29 +00:00
|
|
|
that all domains in envelope addresses are fully qualified if the message
|
|
|
|
is relayed to another MTA. It will also enforce the normal address syntax
|
|
|
|
rules and log error messages. Additionally, by using the M=a modifier you
|
|
|
|
can require authentication before messages are accepted by the MSA.
|
|
|
|
Notice: Do NOT use the 'a' modifier on a public accessible MTA! Finally,
|
|
|
|
the M=E modifier shown above disables ETRN as required by RFC 2476.
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
Mail filters can be defined using the INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and MAIL_FILTER()
|
|
|
|
commands:
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
INPUT_MAIL_FILTER(`sample', `S=local:/var/run/f1.sock')
|
|
|
|
MAIL_FILTER(`myfilter', `S=inet:3333@localhost')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() command causes the filter(s) to be called in the
|
|
|
|
same order they were specified by also setting confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS. A
|
|
|
|
filter can be defined without adding it to the input filter list by using
|
|
|
|
MAIL_FILTER() instead of INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() in your .mc file.
|
|
|
|
Alternatively, you can reset the list of filters and their order by setting
|
|
|
|
confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS option after all INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() commands in
|
|
|
|
your .mc file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+----------------------------+
|
|
|
|
| MESSAGE SUBMISSION PROGRAM |
|
|
|
|
+----------------------------+
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The purpose of the message submission program (MSP) is explained
|
|
|
|
in sendmail/SECURITY. This section contains a list of caveats and
|
|
|
|
a few hints how for those who want to tweak the default configuration
|
|
|
|
for it (which is installed as submit.cf).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notice: do not add options/features to submit.mc unless you are
|
|
|
|
absolutely sure you need them. Options you may want to change
|
|
|
|
include:
|
|
|
|
|
2002-04-10 03:05:00 +00:00
|
|
|
- confTRUSTED_USERS, FEATURE(`use_ct_file'), and confCT_FILE for
|
2002-06-11 21:12:04 +00:00
|
|
|
avoiding X-Authentication warnings.
|
2002-04-10 03:05:00 +00:00
|
|
|
- confTIME_ZONE to change it from the default `USE_TZ'.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
- confDELIVERY_MODE is set to interactive in msp.m4 instead
|
|
|
|
of the default background mode.
|
2002-06-11 21:12:04 +00:00
|
|
|
- FEATURE(stickyhost) and LOCAL_RELAY to send unqualified addresses
|
|
|
|
to the LOCAL_RELAY instead of the default relay.
|
|
|
|
- confRAND_FILE if you use STARTTLS and sendmail is not compiled with
|
|
|
|
the flag HASURANDOM.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The MSP performs hostname canonicalization by default. As also
|
|
|
|
explained in sendmail/SECURITY, mail may end up for various DNS
|
|
|
|
related reasons in the MSP queue. This problem can be minimized by
|
|
|
|
using
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`nocanonify', `canonify_hosts')
|
|
|
|
define(`confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS', `C')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See the discussion about nocanonify for possible side effects.
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Some things are not intended to work with the MSP. These include
|
|
|
|
features that influence the delivery process (e.g., mailertable,
|
|
|
|
aliases), or those that are only important for a SMTP server (e.g.,
|
|
|
|
virtusertable, DaemonPortOptions, multiple queues). Moreover,
|
|
|
|
relaxing certain restrictions (RestrictQueueRun, permissions on
|
|
|
|
queue directory) or adding features (e.g., enabling prog/file mailer)
|
|
|
|
can cause security problems.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other things don't work well with the MSP and require tweaking or
|
|
|
|
workarounds. For example, to allow for client authentication it
|
|
|
|
is not just sufficient to provide a client certificate and the
|
|
|
|
corresponding key, but it is also necessary to make the key group
|
|
|
|
(smmsp) readable and tell sendmail not to complain about that, i.e.,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
define(`confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL', `GroupReadableKeyFile')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the MSP should actually use AUTH then the necessary data
|
|
|
|
should be placed in a map as explained in SMTP AUTHENTICATION:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`authinfo', `DATABASE_MAP_TYPE /etc/mail/msp-authinfo')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/etc/mail/msp-authinfo should contain an entry like:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AuthInfo:127.0.0.1 "U:smmsp" "P:secret" "M:DIGEST-MD5"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The file and the map created by makemap should be owned by smmsp,
|
|
|
|
its group should be smmsp, and it should have mode 640. The database
|
|
|
|
used by the MTA for AUTH must have a corresponding entry.
|
|
|
|
Additionally the MTA must trust this authentication data so the AUTH=
|
|
|
|
part will be relayed on to the next hop. This can be achieved by
|
|
|
|
adding the following to your sendmail.mc file:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LOCAL_RULESETS
|
|
|
|
SLocal_trust_auth
|
|
|
|
R$* $: $&{auth_authen}
|
|
|
|
Rsmmsp $# OK
|
|
|
|
|
2004-08-01 01:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
Note: the authentication data can leak to local users who invoke
|
|
|
|
the MSP with debug options or even with -v. For that reason either
|
|
|
|
an authentication mechanism that does not show the password in the
|
|
|
|
AUTH dialogue (e.g., DIGEST-MD5) or a different authentication
|
|
|
|
method like STARTTLS should be used.
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-17 21:56:45 +00:00
|
|
|
feature/msp.m4 defines almost all settings for the MSP. Most of
|
|
|
|
those should not be changed at all. Some of the features and options
|
|
|
|
can be overridden if really necessary. It is a bit tricky to do
|
|
|
|
this, because it depends on the actual way the option is defined
|
|
|
|
in feature/msp.m4. If it is directly defined (i.e., define()) then
|
|
|
|
the modified value must be defined after
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FEATURE(`msp')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If it is conditionally defined (i.e., ifdef()) then the desired
|
|
|
|
value must be defined before the FEATURE line in the .mc file.
|
|
|
|
To see how the options are defined read feature/msp.m4.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+--------------------------+
|
|
|
|
| FORMAT OF FILES AND MAPS |
|
|
|
|
+--------------------------+
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Files that define classes, i.e., F{classname}, consist of lines
|
|
|
|
each of which contains a single element of the class. For example,
|
|
|
|
/etc/mail/local-host-names may have the following content:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
my.domain
|
|
|
|
another.domain
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maps must be created using makemap(8) , e.g.,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
makemap hash MAP < MAP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In general, a text file from which a map is created contains lines
|
|
|
|
of the form
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
key value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
where 'key' and 'value' are also called LHS and RHS, respectively.
|
|
|
|
By default, the delimiter between LHS and RHS is a non-empty sequence
|
|
|
|
of white space characters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+------------------+
|
|
|
|
| DIRECTORY LAYOUT |
|
|
|
|
+------------------+
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Within this directory are several subdirectories, to wit:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
m4 General support routines. These are typically
|
|
|
|
very important and should not be changed without
|
|
|
|
very careful consideration.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cf The configuration files themselves. They have
|
|
|
|
".mc" suffixes, and must be run through m4 to
|
|
|
|
become complete. The resulting output should
|
|
|
|
have a ".cf" suffix.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ostype Definitions describing a particular operating
|
|
|
|
system type. These should always be referenced
|
|
|
|
using the OSTYPE macro in the .mc file. Examples
|
|
|
|
include "bsd4.3", "bsd4.4", "sunos3.5", and
|
|
|
|
"sunos4.1".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
domain Definitions describing a particular domain, referenced
|
|
|
|
using the DOMAIN macro in the .mc file. These are
|
|
|
|
site dependent; for example, "CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4"
|
|
|
|
describes hosts in the CS.Berkeley.EDU subdomain.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-10-01 01:49:02 +00:00
|
|
|
mailer Descriptions of mailers. These are referenced using
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
the MAILER macro in the .mc file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sh Shell files used when building the .cf file from the
|
|
|
|
.mc file in the cf subdirectory.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
feature These hold special orthogonal features that you might
|
|
|
|
want to include. They should be referenced using
|
|
|
|
the FEATURE macro.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
hack Local hacks. These can be referenced using the HACK
|
|
|
|
macro. They shouldn't be of more than voyeuristic
|
|
|
|
interest outside the .Berkeley.EDU domain, but who knows?
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
siteconfig Site configuration -- e.g., tables of locally connected
|
|
|
|
UUCP sites.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+------------------------+
|
|
|
|
| ADMINISTRATIVE DETAILS |
|
|
|
|
+------------------------+
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following sections detail usage of certain internal parts of the
|
|
|
|
sendmail.cf file. Read them carefully if you are trying to modify
|
|
|
|
the current model. If you find the above descriptions adequate, these
|
|
|
|
should be {boring, confusing, tedious, ridiculous} (pick one or more).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RULESETS (* means built in to sendmail)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 * Parsing
|
|
|
|
1 * Sender rewriting
|
|
|
|
2 * Recipient rewriting
|
|
|
|
3 * Canonicalization
|
|
|
|
4 * Post cleanup
|
|
|
|
5 * Local address rewrite (after aliasing)
|
|
|
|
1x mailer rules (sender qualification)
|
|
|
|
2x mailer rules (recipient qualification)
|
|
|
|
3x mailer rules (sender header qualification)
|
|
|
|
4x mailer rules (recipient header qualification)
|
|
|
|
5x mailer subroutines (general)
|
|
|
|
6x mailer subroutines (general)
|
|
|
|
7x mailer subroutines (general)
|
|
|
|
8x reserved
|
|
|
|
90 Mailertable host stripping
|
|
|
|
96 Bottom half of Ruleset 3 (ruleset 6 in old sendmail)
|
|
|
|
97 Hook for recursive ruleset 0 call (ruleset 7 in old sendmail)
|
|
|
|
98 Local part of ruleset 0 (ruleset 8 in old sendmail)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MAILERS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 local, prog local and program mailers
|
|
|
|
1 [e]smtp, relay SMTP channel
|
|
|
|
2 uucp-* UNIX-to-UNIX Copy Program
|
|
|
|
3 netnews Network News delivery
|
1997-08-04 05:00:07 +00:00
|
|
|
4 fax Sam Leffler's HylaFAX software
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
5 mail11 DECnet mailer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MACROS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A
|
|
|
|
B Bitnet Relay
|
|
|
|
C DECnet Relay
|
|
|
|
D The local domain -- usually not needed
|
|
|
|
E reserved for X.400 Relay
|
|
|
|
F FAX Relay
|
|
|
|
G
|
|
|
|
H mail Hub (for mail clusters)
|
|
|
|
I
|
|
|
|
J
|
|
|
|
K
|
|
|
|
L Luser Relay
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
M Masquerade (who you claim to be)
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
N
|
|
|
|
O
|
|
|
|
P
|
|
|
|
Q
|
|
|
|
R Relay (for unqualified names)
|
|
|
|
S Smart Host
|
|
|
|
T
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
U my UUCP name (if you have a UUCP connection)
|
|
|
|
V UUCP Relay (class {V} hosts)
|
|
|
|
W UUCP Relay (class {W} hosts)
|
|
|
|
X UUCP Relay (class {X} hosts)
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
Y UUCP Relay (all other hosts)
|
|
|
|
Z Version number
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CLASSES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
B domains that are candidates for bestmx lookup
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
C
|
|
|
|
D
|
|
|
|
E addresses that should not seem to come from $M
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
F hosts this system forward for
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
G domains that should be looked up in genericstable
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
H
|
|
|
|
I
|
|
|
|
J
|
|
|
|
K
|
|
|
|
L addresses that should not be forwarded to $R
|
|
|
|
M domains that should be mapped to $M
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
N host/domains that should not be mapped to $M
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
O operators that indicate network operations (cannot be in local names)
|
|
|
|
P top level pseudo-domains: BITNET, DECNET, FAX, UUCP, etc.
|
|
|
|
Q
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
R domains this system is willing to relay (pass anti-spam filters)
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
S
|
|
|
|
T
|
|
|
|
U locally connected UUCP hosts
|
|
|
|
V UUCP hosts connected to relay $V
|
|
|
|
W UUCP hosts connected to relay $W
|
|
|
|
X UUCP hosts connected to relay $X
|
|
|
|
Y locally connected smart UUCP hosts
|
|
|
|
Z locally connected domain-ized UUCP hosts
|
|
|
|
. the class containing only a dot
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
[ the class containing only a left bracket
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
M4 DIVERSIONS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 Local host detection and resolution
|
|
|
|
2 Local Ruleset 3 additions
|
|
|
|
3 Local Ruleset 0 additions
|
|
|
|
4 UUCP Ruleset 0 additions
|
|
|
|
5 locally interpreted names (overrides $R)
|
|
|
|
6 local configuration (at top of file)
|
|
|
|
7 mailer definitions
|
2020-07-14 21:40:53 +00:00
|
|
|
8 DNS based blocklists
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
9 special local rulesets (1 and 2)
|
2000-08-12 21:55:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|